1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen 12 * 13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized 14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts 15 * that changed. 16 * 17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently 18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands). 19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes. 20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[] 21 * for each line. 22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line. 23 * 24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form 25 * one character which occupies two display cells. 26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in 27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII 28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0. When the 29 * character occupies two display cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0. 30 * ScreenLinesC1[] and ScreenLinesC2[] contain up to two composing characters 31 * (drawn on top of the first character). They are 0 when not used. 32 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the 33 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character). 34 * 35 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating 36 * ScreenLines[]. 37 * 38 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines. 39 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be 40 * called from other places when an immediated screen update is needed. 41 * 42 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with: 43 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window) 44 * - w_topfill (filler line above the first line) 45 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window), 46 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line) 47 * 48 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take 49 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is 50 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed. 51 * 52 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call 53 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and 54 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen() 55 * later. 56 * 57 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or 58 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating 59 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each 60 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change 61 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for 62 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting. 63 * 64 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or 65 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold 66 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window 67 * redisplayed by update_screen() later. 68 * 69 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop') 70 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the 71 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later. 72 * 73 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID). 74 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible. 75 * 76 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call 77 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR). 78 * 79 * Things that are handled indirectly: 80 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and 81 * update_screen() called to redraw. 82 */ 83 84 #include "vim.h" 85 86 /* 87 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen. 88 */ 89 static int screen_attr = 0; 90 91 /* 92 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position. 93 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char(). 94 */ 95 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */ 96 97 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 98 /* 99 * Struct used for highlighting 'hlsearch' matches for the last use search 100 * pattern or a ":match" item. 101 * For 'hlsearch' there is one pattern for all windows. For ":match" there is 102 * a different pattern for each window. 103 */ 104 typedef struct 105 { 106 regmmatch_T rm; /* points to the regexp program; contains last found 107 match (may continue in next line) */ 108 buf_T *buf; /* the buffer to search for a match */ 109 linenr_T lnum; /* the line to search for a match */ 110 int attr; /* attributes to be used for a match */ 111 int attr_cur; /* attributes currently active in win_line() */ 112 linenr_T first_lnum; /* first lnum to search for multi-line pat */ 113 colnr_T startcol; /* in win_line() points to char where HL starts */ 114 colnr_T endcol; /* in win_line() points to char where HL ends */ 115 } match_T; 116 117 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */ 118 static match_T match_hl; /* used for ":match" highlight matching */ 119 #endif 120 121 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 122 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */ 123 #endif 124 125 /* 126 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes). 127 */ 128 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine; 129 130 static void win_update __ARGS((win_T *wp)); 131 static void win_draw_end __ARGS((win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl)); 132 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 133 static void fold_line __ARGS((win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row)); 134 static void fill_foldcolumn __ARGS((char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum)); 135 static void copy_text_attr __ARGS((int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr)); 136 #endif 137 static int win_line __ARGS((win_T *, linenr_T, int, int)); 138 static int char_needs_redraw __ARGS((int off_from, int off_to, int cols)); 139 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 140 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag)); 141 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl)) 142 #else 143 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width)); 144 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c)) 145 #endif 146 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 147 static void draw_vsep_win __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row)); 148 #endif 149 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 150 static void start_search_hl __ARGS((void)); 151 static void end_search_hl __ARGS((void)); 152 static void prepare_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum)); 153 static void next_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol)); 154 #endif 155 static void screen_start_highlight __ARGS((int attr)); 156 static void screen_char __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); 157 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 158 static void screen_char_2 __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); 159 #endif 160 static void screenclear2 __ARGS((void)); 161 static void lineclear __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); 162 static void lineinvalid __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); 163 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 164 static void linecopy __ARGS((int to, int from, win_T *wp)); 165 static void redraw_block __ARGS((int row, int end, win_T *wp)); 166 #endif 167 static int win_do_lines __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del)); 168 static void win_rest_invalid __ARGS((win_T *wp)); 169 static void msg_pos_mode __ARGS((void)); 170 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 171 static int fillchar_status __ARGS((int *attr, int is_curwin)); 172 #endif 173 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 174 static int fillchar_vsep __ARGS((int *attr)); 175 #endif 176 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 177 static void win_redr_custom __ARGS((win_T *wp, int Ruler)); 178 #endif 179 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 180 static void win_redr_ruler __ARGS((win_T *wp, int always)); 181 #endif 182 183 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) 184 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */ 185 static int screen_char_attr = 0; 186 #endif 187 188 /* 189 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type). 190 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value. 191 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing. 192 */ 193 void 194 redraw_later(type) 195 int type; 196 { 197 redraw_win_later(curwin, type); 198 } 199 200 void 201 redraw_win_later(wp, type) 202 win_T *wp; 203 int type; 204 { 205 if (wp->w_redr_type < type) 206 { 207 wp->w_redr_type = type; 208 if (type >= NOT_VALID) 209 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 210 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */ 211 must_redraw = type; 212 } 213 } 214 215 /* 216 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used 217 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen. 218 */ 219 void 220 redraw_later_clear() 221 { 222 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); 223 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE; 224 } 225 226 /* 227 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later. 228 */ 229 void 230 redraw_all_later(type) 231 int type; 232 { 233 win_T *wp; 234 235 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 236 { 237 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 238 } 239 } 240 241 /* 242 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later. 243 */ 244 void 245 redraw_curbuf_later(type) 246 int type; 247 { 248 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type); 249 } 250 251 void 252 redraw_buf_later(buf, type) 253 buf_T *buf; 254 int type; 255 { 256 win_T *wp; 257 258 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 259 { 260 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 261 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 262 } 263 } 264 265 /* 266 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that 267 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn. 268 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line. 269 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command. 270 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot 271 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn. 272 */ 273 /*ARGSUSED*/ 274 void 275 redrawWinline(lnum, invalid) 276 linenr_T lnum; 277 int invalid; /* window line height is invalid now */ 278 { 279 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 280 int i; 281 #endif 282 283 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum) 284 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum; 285 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 286 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 287 redraw_later(VALID); 288 289 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 290 if (invalid) 291 { 292 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */ 293 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum); 294 if (i >= 0) 295 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; 296 } 297 #endif 298 } 299 300 /* 301 * update all windows that are editing the current buffer 302 */ 303 void 304 update_curbuf(type) 305 int type; 306 { 307 redraw_curbuf_later(type); 308 update_screen(type); 309 } 310 311 /* 312 * update_screen() 313 * 314 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull 315 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline. 316 */ 317 void 318 update_screen(type) 319 int type; 320 { 321 win_T *wp; 322 static int did_intro = FALSE; 323 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 324 int did_one; 325 #endif 326 327 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) 328 return; 329 330 if (must_redraw) 331 { 332 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */ 333 type = must_redraw; 334 must_redraw = 0; 335 } 336 337 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */ 338 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID) 339 type = NOT_VALID; 340 341 if (!redrawing()) 342 { 343 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */ 344 must_redraw = type; 345 if (type > INVERTED_ALL) 346 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */ 347 return; 348 } 349 350 updating_screen = TRUE; 351 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 352 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of 353 * display updating */ 354 #endif 355 356 /* 357 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down 358 */ 359 if (msg_scrolled) 360 { 361 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 362 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */ 363 type = CLEAR; 364 else if (type != CLEAR) 365 { 366 check_for_delay(FALSE); 367 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) 368 type = CLEAR; 369 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 370 { 371 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled) 372 { 373 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled 374 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP 375 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0 376 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 377 { 378 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp); 379 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP; 380 } 381 else 382 { 383 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 384 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 385 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp) 386 <= msg_scrolled) 387 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 388 #endif 389 } 390 } 391 } 392 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 393 } 394 msg_scrolled = 0; 395 need_wait_return = FALSE; 396 } 397 398 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */ 399 compute_cmdrow(); 400 401 /* Check for changed highlighting */ 402 if (need_highlight_changed) 403 highlight_changed(); 404 405 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */ 406 { 407 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 408 type = NOT_VALID; 409 } 410 411 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */ 412 check_for_delay(FALSE); 413 414 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 415 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' column changes. */ 416 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID 417 && curwin->w_nrwidth != number_width(curwin)) 418 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 419 #endif 420 421 /* 422 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do. 423 */ 424 if (type == INVERTED) 425 update_curswant(); 426 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type 427 && !((type == VALID 428 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid 429 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 430 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill 431 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill 432 #endif 433 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 434 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 435 || (type == INVERTED 436 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum 437 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode 438 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL) 439 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant) 440 #endif 441 )) 442 curwin->w_redr_type = type; 443 444 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 445 /* 446 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed 447 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once. 448 */ 449 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 450 { 451 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set) 452 { 453 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 454 win_T *wwp; 455 456 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */ 457 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next) 458 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer) 459 break; 460 # endif 461 if ( 462 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 463 wwp == wp && 464 # endif 465 syntax_present(wp->w_buffer)) 466 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer); 467 } 468 } 469 #endif 470 471 /* 472 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need 473 * it. 474 */ 475 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 476 did_one = FALSE; 477 #endif 478 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 479 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 480 #endif 481 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 482 { 483 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 484 { 485 cursor_off(); 486 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 487 if (!did_one) 488 { 489 did_one = TRUE; 490 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 491 start_search_hl(); 492 # endif 493 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 494 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 495 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel()) 496 clip_update_selection(); 497 # endif 498 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 499 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because 500 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under 501 * it. */ 502 if (gui.in_use) 503 gui_undraw_cursor(); 504 #endif 505 } 506 #endif 507 win_update(wp); 508 } 509 510 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 511 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */ 512 if (wp->w_redr_status) 513 { 514 cursor_off(); 515 win_redr_status(wp); 516 } 517 #endif 518 } 519 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 520 end_search_hl(); 521 #endif 522 523 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 524 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster 525 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */ 526 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) 527 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE; 528 #else 529 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; 530 #endif 531 532 updating_screen = FALSE; 533 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 534 gui_may_resize_shell(); 535 #endif 536 537 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may 538 * mess up the command line. */ 539 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) 540 showmode(); 541 542 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */ 543 if (!did_intro && bufempty() 544 && curbuf->b_fname == NULL 545 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 546 && firstwin->w_next == NULL 547 #endif 548 && vim_strchr(p_shm, SHM_INTRO) == NULL) 549 intro_message(FALSE); 550 did_intro = TRUE; 551 552 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 553 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 554 * done. */ 555 if (gui.in_use) 556 { 557 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 558 if (did_one) 559 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 560 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 561 } 562 #endif 563 } 564 565 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI) 566 static void update_prepare __ARGS((void)); 567 static void update_finish __ARGS((void)); 568 569 /* 570 * Prepare for updating one or more windows. 571 */ 572 static void 573 update_prepare() 574 { 575 cursor_off(); 576 updating_screen = TRUE; 577 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 578 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may 579 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ 580 if (gui.in_use) 581 gui_undraw_cursor(); 582 #endif 583 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 584 start_search_hl(); 585 #endif 586 } 587 588 /* 589 * Finish updating one or more windows. 590 */ 591 static void 592 update_finish() 593 { 594 if (redraw_cmdline) 595 showmode(); 596 597 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 598 end_search_hl(); 599 # endif 600 601 updating_screen = FALSE; 602 603 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 604 gui_may_resize_shell(); 605 606 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 607 * done. */ 608 if (gui.in_use) 609 { 610 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 611 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 612 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 613 } 614 # endif 615 } 616 #endif 617 618 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) 619 void 620 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum) 621 buf_T *buf; 622 linenr_T lnum; 623 { 624 win_T *wp; 625 int doit = FALSE; 626 627 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 628 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 629 # endif 630 631 /* update/delete a specific mark */ 632 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 633 { 634 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0) 635 { 636 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline 637 && lnum < wp->w_botline) 638 { 639 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) 640 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; 641 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 642 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 643 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 644 } 645 } 646 else 647 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 648 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 649 doit = TRUE; 650 } 651 652 if (!doit) 653 return; 654 655 /* update all windows that need updating */ 656 update_prepare(); 657 658 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 659 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) 660 { 661 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 662 win_update(wp); 663 if (wp->w_redr_status) 664 win_redr_status(wp); 665 } 666 # else 667 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0) 668 win_update(curwin); 669 # endif 670 671 update_finish(); 672 } 673 #endif 674 675 676 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 677 /* 678 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg. 679 * Used for the GUI scrollbar. 680 */ 681 void 682 updateWindow(wp) 683 win_T *wp; 684 { 685 update_prepare(); 686 687 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 688 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 689 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel()) 690 clip_update_selection(); 691 #endif 692 win_update(wp); 693 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 694 if (wp->w_redr_status 695 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 696 || p_ru 697 # endif 698 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 699 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL 700 # endif 701 ) 702 win_redr_status(wp); 703 #endif 704 705 update_finish(); 706 } 707 #endif 708 709 /* 710 * Update a single window. 711 * 712 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the 713 * screen or scrolling lines). 714 * 715 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also 716 * implies the one below it. 717 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window 718 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID 719 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area 720 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area 721 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline 722 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down 723 * 3. redraw changed text: 724 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between 725 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot. 726 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between 727 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot. 728 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid. 729 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom. 730 * This results in three areas that may need updating: 731 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down) 732 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text) 733 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up) 734 */ 735 static void 736 win_update(wp) 737 win_T *wp; 738 { 739 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer; 740 int type; 741 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs 742 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */ 743 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs 744 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */ 745 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs 746 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */ 747 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs 748 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */ 749 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 750 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when 751 w_topline got smaller a bit */ 752 #endif 753 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 754 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */ 755 #endif 756 757 int row; /* current window row to display */ 758 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */ 759 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */ 760 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */ 761 762 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */ 763 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */ 764 int i; 765 long j; 766 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */ 767 int old_botline = wp->w_botline; 768 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 769 long fold_count; 770 #endif 771 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 772 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if 773 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */ 774 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */ 775 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */ 776 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */ 777 int did_update = DID_NONE; 778 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */ 779 #endif 780 linenr_T mod_top = 0; 781 linenr_T mod_bot = 0; 782 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 783 int save_got_int; 784 #endif 785 786 type = wp->w_redr_type; 787 788 if (type == NOT_VALID) 789 { 790 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 791 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 792 #endif 793 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 794 } 795 796 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */ 797 if (wp->w_height == 0) 798 { 799 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 800 return; 801 } 802 803 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 804 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */ 805 if (wp->w_width == 0) 806 { 807 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 808 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0); 809 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 810 return; 811 } 812 #endif 813 814 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 815 /* Setup for ":match" highlighting. Disable any previous match */ 816 match_hl.rm = wp->w_match; 817 if (wp->w_match_id == 0) 818 match_hl.attr = 0; 819 else 820 match_hl.attr = syn_id2attr(wp->w_match_id); 821 match_hl.buf = buf; 822 match_hl.lnum = 0; 823 search_hl.buf = buf; 824 search_hl.lnum = 0; 825 search_hl.first_lnum = 0; 826 #endif 827 828 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 829 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' column changes. */ 830 i = number_width(curwin); 831 if (curwin->w_nrwidth != i) 832 { 833 type = NOT_VALID; 834 curwin->w_nrwidth = i; 835 } 836 else 837 #endif 838 839 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) 840 { 841 /* 842 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be 843 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw 844 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while). 845 */ 846 type = NOT_VALID; 847 } 848 else 849 { 850 /* 851 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of 852 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes. 853 */ 854 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top; 855 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) 856 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1; 857 else 858 mod_bot = 0; 859 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */ 860 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0; 861 if (buf->b_mod_set) 862 { 863 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) 864 { 865 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top; 866 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 867 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included 868 * in a pattern match. */ 869 if (syntax_present(buf)) 870 { 871 mod_top -= buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks; 872 if (mod_top < 1) 873 mod_top = 1; 874 } 875 #endif 876 } 877 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) 878 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot; 879 880 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 881 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a 882 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a 883 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible 884 * lines above the change. 885 * Same for a ":match" pattern. 886 */ 887 if ((search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL 888 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) 889 || (match_hl.rm.regprog != NULL 890 && re_multiline(match_hl.rm.regprog))) 891 top_to_mod = TRUE; 892 #endif 893 } 894 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 895 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) 896 { 897 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb; 898 899 /* 900 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or 901 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected. 902 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first 903 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first 904 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two. 905 */ 906 907 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to 908 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline. 909 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb 910 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */ 911 lnumt = wp->w_topline; 912 lnumb = MAXLNUM; 913 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 914 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 915 { 916 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) 917 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1; 918 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) 919 { 920 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum; 921 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating 922 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */ 923 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) 924 ++lnumb; 925 } 926 } 927 928 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL); 929 if (mod_top > lnumt) 930 mod_top = lnumt; 931 932 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */ 933 --mod_bot; 934 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL); 935 ++mod_bot; 936 if (mod_bot < lnumb) 937 mod_bot = lnumb; 938 } 939 #endif 940 941 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below 942 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline. 943 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was 944 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */ 945 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) 946 { 947 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) 948 mod_top = wp->w_topline; 949 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 950 else if (syntax_present(buf)) 951 top_end = 1; 952 #endif 953 } 954 955 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below 956 * inserted/deleted lines. */ 957 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) 958 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 959 } 960 961 /* 962 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when 963 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled. 964 */ 965 if (type == REDRAW_TOP) 966 { 967 j = 0; 968 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 969 { 970 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 971 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) 972 { 973 top_end = j; 974 break; 975 } 976 } 977 if (top_end == 0) 978 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */ 979 type = NOT_VALID; 980 else 981 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */ 982 type = VALID; 983 } 984 985 /* 986 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw, 987 * handle three cases: 988 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down 989 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up 990 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in 991 * w_lines[] that needs updating. 992 */ 993 if ((type == VALID || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL) 994 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 995 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill 996 #endif 997 ) 998 { 999 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top) 1000 { 1001 /* 1002 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done 1003 * further down. 1004 */ 1005 } 1006 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid 1007 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1008 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1009 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1010 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill) 1011 #endif 1012 )) 1013 { 1014 /* 1015 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down. 1016 */ 1017 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1018 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1019 { 1020 linenr_T ln; 1021 1022 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence 1023 * of folded lines as one */ 1024 j = 0; 1025 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln) 1026 { 1027 ++j; 1028 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2) 1029 break; 1030 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL); 1031 } 1032 } 1033 else 1034 #endif 1035 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline; 1036 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */ 1037 { 1038 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1); 1039 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1040 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */ 1041 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) 1042 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 1043 - wp->w_old_topfill; 1044 #endif 1045 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */ 1046 { 1047 /* 1048 * Try to insert the correct number of lines. 1049 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom. 1050 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it. 1051 */ 1052 if (i > 0) 1053 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1054 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) 1055 { 1056 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1057 { 1058 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the 1059 * first one that scrolled down. */ 1060 top_end = i; 1061 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 1062 scrolled_down = TRUE; 1063 #endif 1064 1065 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable 1066 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */ 1067 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height) 1068 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 1069 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) 1070 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j]; 1071 while (idx >= 0) 1072 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE; 1073 } 1074 } 1075 else 1076 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1077 } 1078 else 1079 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1080 } 1081 else 1082 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1083 } 1084 else 1085 { 1086 /* 1087 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up. 1088 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that 1089 * needs updating. 1090 */ 1091 1092 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */ 1093 j = -1; 1094 row = 0; 1095 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) 1096 { 1097 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1098 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1099 { 1100 j = i; 1101 break; 1102 } 1103 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1104 } 1105 if (j == -1) 1106 { 1107 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all 1108 * lines */ 1109 mid_start = 0; 1110 } 1111 else 1112 { 1113 /* 1114 * Try to delete the correct number of lines. 1115 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum. 1116 */ 1117 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1118 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines, 1119 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */ 1120 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1121 row += wp->w_old_topfill; 1122 else 1123 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline); 1124 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */ 1125 row -= wp->w_topfill; 1126 #endif 1127 if (row > 0) 1128 { 1129 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1130 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) 1131 bot_start = wp->w_height - row; 1132 else 1133 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1134 } 1135 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1136 { 1137 /* 1138 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still 1139 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info 1140 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set 1141 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing. 1142 */ 1143 bot_start = 0; 1144 idx = 0; 1145 for (;;) 1146 { 1147 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j]; 1148 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still 1149 * valid (no lines deleted) */ 1150 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row 1151 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height) 1152 { 1153 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1; 1154 break; 1155 } 1156 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 1157 1158 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1159 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1160 { 1161 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 1162 break; 1163 } 1164 } 1165 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1166 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top 1167 * when it won't get updated below. */ 1168 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0) 1169 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = 1170 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE) 1171 + wp->w_topfill; 1172 #endif 1173 } 1174 } 1175 } 1176 1177 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When 1178 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen 1179 * first. */ 1180 if (mid_start == 0) 1181 { 1182 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1183 if (lastwin == firstwin) 1184 screenclear(); 1185 } 1186 } 1187 else 1188 { 1189 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */ 1190 mid_start = 0; 1191 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1192 } 1193 1194 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 1195 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */ 1196 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1197 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) 1198 { 1199 linenr_T from, to; 1200 1201 if (VIsual_active) 1202 { 1203 if (VIsual_active 1204 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode 1205 || type == INVERTED_ALL)) 1206 { 1207 /* 1208 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole 1209 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is 1210 * gained or lost. 1211 */ 1212 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) 1213 { 1214 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1215 to = VIsual.lnum; 1216 } 1217 else 1218 { 1219 from = VIsual.lnum; 1220 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1221 } 1222 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */ 1223 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) 1224 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1225 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) 1226 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1227 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) 1228 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1229 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1230 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1231 } 1232 else 1233 { 1234 /* 1235 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines 1236 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor 1237 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed. 1238 */ 1239 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) 1240 { 1241 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1242 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1243 } 1244 else 1245 { 1246 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1247 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1248 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */ 1249 from = to; 1250 } 1251 1252 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum 1253 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) 1254 { 1255 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from 1256 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) 1257 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1258 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1259 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1260 if (VIsual.lnum < from) 1261 from = VIsual.lnum; 1262 if (VIsual.lnum > to) 1263 to = VIsual.lnum; 1264 } 1265 } 1266 1267 /* 1268 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant: 1269 * update all lines. 1270 * First compute the actual start and end column. 1271 */ 1272 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 1273 { 1274 colnr_T fromc, toc; 1275 1276 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc); 1277 ++toc; 1278 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) 1279 toc = MAXCOL; 1280 1281 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol 1282 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) 1283 { 1284 if (from > VIsual.lnum) 1285 from = VIsual.lnum; 1286 if (to < VIsual.lnum) 1287 to = VIsual.lnum; 1288 } 1289 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc; 1290 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc; 1291 } 1292 } 1293 else 1294 { 1295 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */ 1296 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) 1297 { 1298 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1299 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1300 } 1301 else 1302 { 1303 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1304 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1305 } 1306 } 1307 1308 /* 1309 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window. 1310 */ 1311 if (from < wp->w_topline) 1312 from = wp->w_topline; 1313 1314 /* 1315 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to 1316 * the lines that are visible in the window. 1317 */ 1318 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) 1319 { 1320 if (from >= wp->w_botline) 1321 from = wp->w_botline - 1; 1322 if (to >= wp->w_botline) 1323 to = wp->w_botline - 1; 1324 } 1325 1326 /* 1327 * Find the minimal part to be updated. 1328 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid. 1329 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets 1330 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line. 1331 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text 1332 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for 1333 * mid_end (in srow). 1334 */ 1335 if (mid_start > 0) 1336 { 1337 lnum = wp->w_topline; 1338 idx = 0; 1339 srow = 0; 1340 if (scrolled_down) 1341 mid_start = top_end; 1342 else 1343 mid_start = 0; 1344 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */ 1345 { 1346 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1347 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1348 else if (!scrolled_down) 1349 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1350 ++idx; 1351 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1352 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1353 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum; 1354 else 1355 # endif 1356 ++lnum; 1357 } 1358 srow += mid_start; 1359 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1360 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */ 1361 { 1362 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 1363 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) 1364 { 1365 /* Only update until first row of this line */ 1366 mid_end = srow; 1367 break; 1368 } 1369 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1370 } 1371 } 1372 } 1373 1374 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1375 { 1376 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; 1377 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1378 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum; 1379 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col; 1380 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; 1381 } 1382 else 1383 { 1384 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0; 1385 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0; 1386 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0; 1387 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0; 1388 } 1389 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */ 1390 1391 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1392 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */ 1393 save_got_int = got_int; 1394 got_int = 0; 1395 #endif 1396 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1397 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 1398 #endif 1399 1400 /* 1401 * Update all the window rows. 1402 */ 1403 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1404 row = 0; 1405 srow = 0; 1406 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */ 1407 for (;;) 1408 { 1409 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_ 1410 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */ 1411 if (row == wp->w_height) 1412 { 1413 didline = TRUE; 1414 break; 1415 } 1416 1417 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */ 1418 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 1419 { 1420 eof = TRUE; 1421 break; 1422 } 1423 1424 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt 1425 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */ 1426 srow = row; 1427 1428 /* 1429 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it 1430 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid. 1431 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using 1432 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it. 1433 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will 1434 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is 1435 * the same again, just update until the end of the window. 1436 */ 1437 if (row < top_end 1438 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end) 1439 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1440 || top_to_mod 1441 #endif 1442 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid 1443 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start) 1444 || (mod_top != 0 1445 && (lnum == mod_top 1446 || (lnum >= mod_top 1447 && (lnum < mod_bot 1448 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1449 || did_update == DID_FOLD 1450 || (did_update == DID_LINE 1451 && syntax_present(buf) 1452 && ( 1453 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1454 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp) 1455 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) || 1456 # endif 1457 syntax_check_changed(lnum))) 1458 #endif 1459 ))))) 1460 { 1461 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1462 if (lnum == mod_top) 1463 top_to_mod = FALSE; 1464 #endif 1465 1466 /* 1467 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines 1468 * up or down to minimize redrawing. 1469 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end. 1470 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol is non-zero, keep the "$". 1471 */ 1472 if (lnum == mod_top 1473 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM 1474 && !(dollar_vcol != 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)) 1475 { 1476 int old_rows = 0; 1477 int new_rows = 0; 1478 int xtra_rows; 1479 linenr_T l; 1480 1481 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which 1482 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are 1483 * currently displayed. */ 1484 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1485 { 1486 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid 1487 * lines are part of the changed area. */ 1488 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1489 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) 1490 break; 1491 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1492 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1493 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1494 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) 1495 { 1496 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot. 1497 * Add following invalid entries. */ 1498 ++i; 1499 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid 1500 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1501 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size; 1502 break; 1503 } 1504 #endif 1505 } 1506 1507 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1508 { 1509 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines, 1510 * need to redraw until the end of the window. 1511 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */ 1512 bot_start = 0; 1513 } 1514 else 1515 { 1516 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window 1517 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */ 1518 j = idx; 1519 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l) 1520 { 1521 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1522 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL)) 1523 ++new_rows; 1524 else 1525 #endif 1526 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1527 if (l == wp->w_topline) 1528 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE) 1529 + wp->w_topfill; 1530 else 1531 #endif 1532 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE); 1533 ++j; 1534 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2) 1535 { 1536 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */ 1537 new_rows = 9999; 1538 break; 1539 } 1540 } 1541 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows; 1542 if (xtra_rows < 0) 1543 { 1544 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough 1545 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the 1546 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text 1547 * below the scrolled text. */ 1548 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 1549 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1550 else 1551 { 1552 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1553 if (win_del_lines(wp, row, 1554 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1555 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1556 else 1557 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows; 1558 } 1559 } 1560 else if (xtra_rows > 0) 1561 { 1562 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough 1563 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the 1564 * rest. */ 1565 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 1566 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1567 else 1568 { 1569 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1570 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows, 1571 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1572 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1573 else if (top_end > row + old_rows) 1574 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires 1575 * updating down. */ 1576 top_end += xtra_rows; 1577 } 1578 } 1579 1580 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[] 1581 * entries. */ 1582 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) 1583 { 1584 if (j < i) 1585 { 1586 int x = row + new_rows; 1587 1588 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */ 1589 for (;;) 1590 { 1591 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */ 1592 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1593 { 1594 wp->w_lines_valid = j; 1595 break; 1596 } 1597 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i]; 1598 /* stop at a line that won't fit */ 1599 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size 1600 > wp->w_height) 1601 { 1602 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1; 1603 break; 1604 } 1605 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size; 1606 ++i; 1607 } 1608 if (bot_start > x) 1609 bot_start = x; 1610 } 1611 else /* j > i */ 1612 { 1613 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */ 1614 j -= i; 1615 wp->w_lines_valid += j; 1616 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height) 1617 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 1618 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i) 1619 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j]; 1620 1621 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are 1622 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above. 1623 * Reset to zero. */ 1624 while (i >= idx) 1625 { 1626 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0; 1627 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE; 1628 } 1629 } 1630 } 1631 } 1632 } 1633 1634 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1635 /* 1636 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them. 1637 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when 1638 * 'wrap' is on). 1639 */ 1640 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); 1641 if (fold_count != 0) 1642 { 1643 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); 1644 ++row; 1645 --fold_count; 1646 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE; 1647 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count; 1648 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1649 did_update = DID_FOLD; 1650 # endif 1651 } 1652 else 1653 #endif 1654 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid 1655 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 1656 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum 1657 && lnum > wp->w_topline 1658 && !(dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) 1659 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height 1660 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1661 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0 1662 #endif 1663 ) 1664 { 1665 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here, 1666 * will draw "@ " lines below. */ 1667 row = wp->w_height + 1; 1668 } 1669 else 1670 { 1671 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1672 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); 1673 #endif 1674 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1675 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */ 1676 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum 1677 && syntax_present(buf)) 1678 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 1679 #endif 1680 1681 /* 1682 * Display one line. 1683 */ 1684 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height); 1685 1686 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1687 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE; 1688 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum; 1689 #endif 1690 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1691 did_update = DID_LINE; 1692 syntax_last_parsed = lnum; 1693 #endif 1694 } 1695 1696 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum; 1697 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE; 1698 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ 1699 { 1700 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */ 1701 if (dollar_vcol == 0) 1702 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); 1703 ++idx; 1704 break; 1705 } 1706 if (dollar_vcol == 0) 1707 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow; 1708 ++idx; 1709 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1710 lnum += fold_count + 1; 1711 #else 1712 ++lnum; 1713 #endif 1714 } 1715 else 1716 { 1717 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */ 1718 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 1719 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ 1720 break; 1721 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1722 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1; 1723 #else 1724 ++lnum; 1725 #endif 1726 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1727 did_update = DID_NONE; 1728 #endif 1729 } 1730 1731 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 1732 { 1733 eof = TRUE; 1734 break; 1735 } 1736 } 1737 /* 1738 * End of loop over all window lines. 1739 */ 1740 1741 1742 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) 1743 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 1744 1745 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1746 /* 1747 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here. 1748 */ 1749 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(buf)) 1750 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 1751 #endif 1752 1753 /* 1754 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last 1755 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit. 1756 */ 1757 wp->w_empty_rows = 0; 1758 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1759 wp->w_filler_rows = 0; 1760 #endif 1761 if (!eof && !didline) 1762 { 1763 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 1764 { 1765 /* 1766 * Single line that does not fit! 1767 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited. 1768 */ 1769 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1; 1770 } 1771 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1772 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow) 1773 { 1774 /* Window ends in filler lines. */ 1775 wp->w_botline = lnum; 1776 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow; 1777 } 1778 #endif 1779 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */ 1780 { 1781 /* 1782 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end. 1783 */ 1784 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1, 1785 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 1786 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 1787 '@', '@', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); 1788 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); 1789 wp->w_botline = lnum; 1790 } 1791 else 1792 { 1793 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 1794 wp->w_botline = lnum; 1795 } 1796 } 1797 else 1798 { 1799 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 1800 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 1801 #endif 1802 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */ 1803 { 1804 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; 1805 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1806 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline); 1807 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) 1808 { 1809 /* 1810 * Display filler lines at the end of the file 1811 */ 1812 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 1813 i = '-'; 1814 else 1815 i = fill_diff; 1816 if (row + j > wp->w_height) 1817 j = wp->w_height - row; 1818 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED); 1819 row += j; 1820 } 1821 #endif 1822 } 1823 else if (dollar_vcol == 0) 1824 wp->w_botline = lnum; 1825 1826 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */ 1827 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */ 1828 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 1829 } 1830 1831 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */ 1832 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1833 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1834 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 1835 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill; 1836 #endif 1837 1838 if (dollar_vcol == 0) 1839 { 1840 /* 1841 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each 1842 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive 1843 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the 1844 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to 1845 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was 1846 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on 1847 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw 1848 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it 1849 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where 1850 * changes are relevant). 1851 */ 1852 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE; 1853 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) 1854 { 1855 recursive = TRUE; 1856 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE; 1857 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */ 1858 if (must_redraw != 0) 1859 { 1860 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */ 1861 i = curbuf->b_mod_set; 1862 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; 1863 win_update(curwin); 1864 must_redraw = 0; 1865 curbuf->b_mod_set = i; 1866 } 1867 recursive = FALSE; 1868 } 1869 } 1870 1871 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1872 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */ 1873 if (!got_int) 1874 got_int = save_got_int; 1875 #endif 1876 } 1877 1878 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 1879 static int draw_signcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp)); 1880 1881 /* 1882 * Return TRUE when window "wp" has a column to draw signs in. 1883 */ 1884 static int 1885 draw_signcolumn(wp) 1886 win_T *wp; 1887 { 1888 return (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL 1889 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 1890 || usingNetbeans 1891 # endif 1892 ); 1893 } 1894 #endif 1895 1896 /* 1897 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2" 1898 * as the filler character. 1899 */ 1900 static void 1901 win_draw_end(wp, c1, c2, row, endrow, hl) 1902 win_T *wp; 1903 int c1; 1904 int c2; 1905 int row; 1906 int endrow; 1907 hlf_T hl; 1908 { 1909 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) 1910 int n = 0; 1911 # define FDC_OFF n 1912 #else 1913 # define FDC_OFF 0 1914 #endif 1915 1916 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1917 if (wp->w_p_rl) 1918 { 1919 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */ 1920 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1921 n = wp->w_p_fdc; 1922 1923 if (n > 0) 1924 { 1925 /* draw the fold column at the right */ 1926 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp)) 1927 n = W_WIDTH(wp); 1928 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 1929 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 1930 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 1931 } 1932 # endif 1933 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 1934 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) 1935 { 1936 int nn = n + 2; 1937 1938 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */ 1939 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 1940 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 1941 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 1942 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, 1943 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); 1944 n = nn; 1945 } 1946 # endif 1947 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 1948 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, 1949 c2, c2, hl_attr(hl)); 1950 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 1951 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF, 1952 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); 1953 } 1954 else 1955 #endif 1956 { 1957 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 1958 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 1959 { 1960 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */ 1961 n = 1; 1962 if (n > wp->w_width) 1963 n = wp->w_width; 1964 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 1965 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n, 1966 cmdwin_type, ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); 1967 } 1968 #endif 1969 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1970 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) 1971 { 1972 int nn = n + wp->w_p_fdc; 1973 1974 /* draw the fold column at the left */ 1975 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 1976 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 1977 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 1978 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, 1979 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 1980 n = nn; 1981 } 1982 #endif 1983 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 1984 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) 1985 { 1986 int nn = n + 2; 1987 1988 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */ 1989 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 1990 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 1991 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 1992 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, 1993 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); 1994 n = nn; 1995 } 1996 #endif 1997 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 1998 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 1999 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); 2000 } 2001 set_empty_rows(wp, row); 2002 } 2003 2004 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2005 /* 2006 * Display one folded line. 2007 */ 2008 static void 2009 fold_line(wp, fold_count, foldinfo, lnum, row) 2010 win_T *wp; 2011 long fold_count; 2012 foldinfo_T *foldinfo; 2013 linenr_T lnum; 2014 int row; 2015 { 2016 char_u buf[51]; 2017 pos_T *top, *bot; 2018 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1; 2019 int len; 2020 char_u *text; 2021 int fdc; 2022 int col; 2023 int txtcol; 2024 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 2025 int ri; 2026 2027 /* Build the fold line: 2028 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2029 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2030 * 3. Add the 'number' column 2031 * 4. Compose the text 2032 * 5. Add the text 2033 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text 2034 */ 2035 col = 0; 2036 2037 /* 2038 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2039 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left. 2040 */ 2041 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2042 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2043 { 2044 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type; 2045 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 2046 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2047 if (enc_utf8) 2048 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 2049 #endif 2050 ++col; 2051 } 2052 #endif 2053 2054 /* 2055 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2056 */ 2057 fdc = wp->w_p_fdc; 2058 if (fdc > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) 2059 fdc = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2060 if (fdc > 0) 2061 { 2062 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum); 2063 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2064 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2065 { 2066 int i; 2067 2068 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc, 2069 hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 2070 /* reverse the fold column */ 2071 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i) 2072 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i]; 2073 } 2074 else 2075 #endif 2076 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 2077 col += fdc; 2078 } 2079 2080 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2081 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \ 2082 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2083 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \ 2084 else \ 2085 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2086 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v 2087 #else 2088 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2089 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v 2090 #endif 2091 2092 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' column and the text */ 2093 RL_MEMSET(col, hl_attr(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col); 2094 2095 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2096 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */ 2097 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) 2098 { 2099 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2100 if (len > 0) 2101 { 2102 if (len > 2) 2103 len = 2; 2104 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2105 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2106 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2107 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, 2108 (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2109 else 2110 # endif 2111 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2112 col += len; 2113 } 2114 } 2115 #endif 2116 2117 /* 2118 * 3. Add the 'number' column 2119 */ 2120 if (wp->w_p_nu) 2121 { 2122 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2123 if (len > 0) 2124 { 2125 int w = number_width(wp); 2126 2127 if (len > w + 1) 2128 len = w + 1; 2129 sprintf((char *)buf, "%*ld ", w, (long)lnum); 2130 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2131 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2132 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2133 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len, 2134 hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2135 else 2136 #endif 2137 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2138 col += len; 2139 } 2140 } 2141 2142 /* 2143 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set. 2144 */ 2145 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf); 2146 2147 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */ 2148 2149 /* 2150 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold". 2151 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put 2152 * in columns number-col - window-width. 2153 */ 2154 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2155 if (has_mbyte) 2156 { 2157 int cells; 2158 int u8c, u8c_c1, u8c_c2; 2159 int idx; 2160 int c_len; 2161 char_u *p; 2162 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2163 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 2164 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 2165 # endif 2166 2167 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2168 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2169 idx = off; 2170 else 2171 # endif 2172 idx = off + col; 2173 2174 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */ 2175 for (p = text; *p != NUL; ) 2176 { 2177 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); 2178 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 2179 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp) 2180 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2181 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0) 2182 # endif 2183 ) 2184 break; 2185 ScreenLines[idx] = *p; 2186 if (enc_utf8) 2187 { 2188 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, &u8c_c1, &u8c_c2); 2189 if (*p < 0x80 && u8c_c1 == 0 && u8c_c2 == 0) 2190 { 2191 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0; 2192 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2193 prev_c = u8c; 2194 #endif 2195 } 2196 else 2197 { 2198 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2199 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 2200 { 2201 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 2202 int pc, pc1, nc, dummy; 2203 int firstbyte = *p; 2204 2205 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 2206 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 2207 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2208 { 2209 pc = prev_c; 2210 pc1 = prev_c1; 2211 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len); 2212 prev_c1 = u8c_c1; 2213 } 2214 else 2215 { 2216 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, &pc1, &dummy); 2217 nc = prev_c; 2218 } 2219 prev_c = u8c; 2220 2221 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8c_c1, 2222 pc, pc1, nc); 2223 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte; 2224 } 2225 else 2226 prev_c = u8c; 2227 #endif 2228 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 2229 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 2230 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 2231 else 2232 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c; 2233 ScreenLinesC1[idx] = u8c_c1; 2234 ScreenLinesC2[idx] = u8c_c2; 2235 } 2236 if (cells > 1) 2237 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0; 2238 } 2239 else if (cells > 1) /* double-byte character */ 2240 { 2241 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) 2242 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1]; 2243 else 2244 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1]; 2245 } 2246 col += cells; 2247 idx += cells; 2248 p += c_len; 2249 } 2250 } 2251 else 2252 #endif 2253 { 2254 len = (int)STRLEN(text); 2255 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) 2256 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2257 if (len > 0) 2258 { 2259 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2260 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2261 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len); 2262 else 2263 #endif 2264 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len); 2265 col += len; 2266 } 2267 } 2268 2269 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */ 2270 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2271 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2272 col -= txtcol; 2273 #endif 2274 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp) 2275 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2276 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0) 2277 #endif 2278 ) 2279 { 2280 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2281 if (enc_utf8) 2282 { 2283 if (fill_fold >= 0x80) 2284 { 2285 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold; 2286 ScreenLinesC1[off + col] = 0; 2287 ScreenLinesC2[off + col] = 0; 2288 } 2289 else 2290 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0; 2291 } 2292 #endif 2293 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold; 2294 } 2295 2296 if (text != buf) 2297 vim_free(text); 2298 2299 /* 2300 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text. 2301 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line. 2302 */ 2303 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 2304 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 2305 { 2306 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 2307 { 2308 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 2309 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 2310 bot = &VIsual; 2311 } 2312 else 2313 { 2314 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 2315 top = &VIsual; 2316 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 2317 } 2318 if (lnum >= top->lnum 2319 && lnume <= bot->lnum 2320 && (VIsual_mode != 'v' 2321 || ((lnum > top->lnum 2322 || (lnum == top->lnum 2323 && top->col == 0)) 2324 && (lnume < bot->lnum 2325 || (lnume == bot->lnum 2326 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e')) 2327 >= STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE))))))) 2328 { 2329 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 2330 { 2331 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */ 2332 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) 2333 { 2334 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) 2335 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 2336 else 2337 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol; 2338 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), 2339 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol); 2340 } 2341 } 2342 else 2343 { 2344 /* Set all attributes of the text */ 2345 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol); 2346 } 2347 } 2348 } 2349 #endif 2350 2351 2352 SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp), 2353 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE); 2354 2355 /* 2356 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 2357 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 2358 */ 2359 if (wp == curwin 2360 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 2361 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 2362 { 2363 curwin->w_cline_row = row; 2364 curwin->w_cline_height = 1; 2365 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE; 2366 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 2367 } 2368 } 2369 2370 /* 2371 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr". 2372 */ 2373 static void 2374 copy_text_attr(off, buf, len, attr) 2375 int off; 2376 char_u *buf; 2377 int len; 2378 int attr; 2379 { 2380 int i; 2381 2382 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len); 2383 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2384 if (enc_utf8) 2385 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len); 2386 # endif 2387 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) 2388 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr; 2389 } 2390 2391 /* 2392 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp". 2393 */ 2394 static void 2395 fill_foldcolumn(p, wp, closed, lnum) 2396 char_u *p; 2397 win_T *wp; 2398 int closed; /* TRUE of FALSE */ 2399 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */ 2400 { 2401 int i = 0; 2402 int level; 2403 int first_level; 2404 int empty; 2405 2406 /* Init to all spaces. */ 2407 copy_spaces(p, (size_t)wp->w_p_fdc); 2408 2409 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level; 2410 if (level > 0) 2411 { 2412 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */ 2413 empty = (wp->w_p_fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1; 2414 2415 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that 2416 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */ 2417 first_level = level - wp->w_p_fdc - closed + 1 + empty; 2418 if (first_level < 1) 2419 first_level = 1; 2420 2421 for (i = 0; i + empty < wp->w_p_fdc; ++i) 2422 { 2423 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum 2424 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level) 2425 p[i] = '-'; 2426 else if (first_level == 1) 2427 p[i] = '|'; 2428 else if (first_level + i <= 9) 2429 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i; 2430 else 2431 p[i] = '>'; 2432 if (first_level + i == level) 2433 break; 2434 } 2435 } 2436 if (closed) 2437 p[i] = '+'; 2438 } 2439 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */ 2440 2441 /* 2442 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen. 2443 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached. 2444 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid. 2445 * 2446 * Return the number of last row the line occupies. 2447 */ 2448 static int 2449 win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow) 2450 win_T *wp; 2451 linenr_T lnum; 2452 int startrow; 2453 int endrow; 2454 { 2455 int col; /* visual column on screen */ 2456 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */ 2457 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */ 2458 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */ 2459 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */ 2460 char_u *line; /* current line */ 2461 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */ 2462 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */ 2463 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */ 2464 2465 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */ 2466 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */ 2467 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars */ 2468 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */ 2469 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */ 2470 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when 2471 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */ 2472 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */ 2473 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */ 2474 2475 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */ 2476 int saved_n_extra = 0; 2477 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL; 2478 int saved_c_extra = 0; 2479 int saved_char_attr = 0; 2480 2481 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */ 2482 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */ 2483 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */ 2484 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */ 2485 2486 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */ 2487 2488 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */ 2489 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */ 2490 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */ 2491 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 2492 pos_T *top, *bot; 2493 #endif 2494 pos_T pos; 2495 long v; 2496 2497 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */ 2498 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting 2499 in this line */ 2500 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */ 2501 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */ 2502 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */ 2503 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2504 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */ 2505 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */ 2506 int save_did_emsg; 2507 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */ 2508 # define SPWORDLEN 150 2509 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */ 2510 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */ 2511 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line 2512 starts */ 2513 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */ 2514 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */ 2515 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */ 2516 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which 2517 * there are no spell errors */ 2518 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */ 2519 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */ 2520 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */ 2521 #endif 2522 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */ 2523 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2524 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */ 2525 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */ 2526 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */ 2527 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */ 2528 int u8c_c1 = 0; /* first composing UTF-8 char */ 2529 int u8c_c2 = 0; /* second composing UTF-8 char */ 2530 #endif 2531 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2532 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */ 2533 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */ 2534 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */ 2535 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */ 2536 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */ 2537 #endif 2538 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */ 2539 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 2540 int need_showbreak = FALSE; 2541 #endif 2542 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) 2543 # define LINE_ATTR 2544 int line_attr = 0; /* atrribute for the whole line */ 2545 #endif 2546 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 2547 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or match_hl */ 2548 #endif 2549 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2550 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 2551 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 2552 #endif 2553 2554 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */ 2555 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */ 2556 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2557 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */ 2558 #else 2559 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START 2560 #endif 2561 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2562 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */ 2563 #else 2564 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE 2565 #endif 2566 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2567 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */ 2568 #else 2569 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */ 2570 #endif 2571 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */ 2572 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 2573 # define WL_SBR WL_NR + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */ 2574 #else 2575 # define WL_SBR WL_NR 2576 #endif 2577 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */ 2578 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */ 2579 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(FEAT_GUI_KDE)) 2580 int feedback_col = 0; 2581 int feedback_old_attr = -1; 2582 #endif 2583 2584 2585 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */ 2586 return startrow; 2587 2588 row = startrow; 2589 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp); 2590 2591 /* 2592 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak, 2593 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done. 2594 */ 2595 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 2596 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr; 2597 #else 2598 extra_check = 0; 2599 #endif 2600 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2601 if (syntax_present(wp->w_buffer) && !wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error) 2602 { 2603 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an 2604 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */ 2605 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 2606 did_emsg = FALSE; 2607 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 2608 if (did_emsg) 2609 wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error = TRUE; 2610 else 2611 { 2612 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 2613 has_syntax = TRUE; 2614 extra_check = TRUE; 2615 } 2616 } 2617 2618 if (wp->w_p_spell 2619 && *wp->w_buffer->b_p_spl != NUL 2620 && wp->w_buffer->b_langp.ga_len > 0 2621 && *(char **)(wp->w_buffer->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) 2622 { 2623 /* Prepare for spell checking. */ 2624 has_spell = TRUE; 2625 extra_check = TRUE; 2626 2627 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next 2628 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.". 2629 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */ 2630 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL; 2631 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 2632 { 2633 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE); 2634 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN); 2635 } 2636 2637 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current 2638 * line is valid. */ 2639 if (lnum == checked_lnum) 2640 cur_checked_col = checked_col; 2641 checked_lnum = 0; 2642 2643 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a 2644 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check 2645 * the first word. */ 2646 if (lnum != capcol_lnum) 2647 cap_col = -1; 2648 if (lnum == 1) 2649 cap_col = 0; 2650 capcol_lnum = 0; 2651 } 2652 #endif 2653 2654 /* 2655 * handle visual active in this window 2656 */ 2657 fromcol = -10; 2658 tocol = MAXCOL; 2659 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 2660 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 2661 { 2662 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 2663 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 2664 { 2665 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 2666 bot = &VIsual; 2667 } 2668 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 2669 { 2670 top = &VIsual; 2671 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 2672 } 2673 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */ 2674 { 2675 if (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) 2676 { 2677 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol; 2678 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 2679 } 2680 } 2681 else /* non-block mode */ 2682 { 2683 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) 2684 fromcol = 0; 2685 else if (lnum == top->lnum) 2686 { 2687 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */ 2688 fromcol = 0; 2689 else 2690 { 2691 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 2692 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) 2693 tocol = fromcol + 1; 2694 } 2695 } 2696 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) 2697 { 2698 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0 2699 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 2700 && bot->coladd == 0 2701 #endif 2702 ) 2703 { 2704 fromcol = -10; 2705 tocol = MAXCOL; 2706 } 2707 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) 2708 tocol = MAXCOL; 2709 else 2710 { 2711 pos = *bot; 2712 if (*p_sel == 'e') 2713 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 2714 else 2715 { 2716 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol); 2717 ++tocol; 2718 } 2719 } 2720 } 2721 } 2722 2723 #ifndef MSDOS 2724 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */ 2725 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin 2726 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 2727 && !gui.in_use 2728 # endif 2729 ) 2730 noinvcur = TRUE; 2731 #endif 2732 2733 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */ 2734 if (fromcol >= 0) 2735 { 2736 area_highlighting = TRUE; 2737 attr = hl_attr(HLF_V); 2738 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) 2739 if (clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned && clip_isautosel()) 2740 attr = hl_attr(HLF_VNC); 2741 #endif 2742 } 2743 } 2744 2745 /* 2746 * handle 'insearch' and ":s///c" highlighting 2747 */ 2748 else 2749 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */ 2750 if (highlight_match 2751 && wp == curwin 2752 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 2753 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 2754 { 2755 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 2756 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), 2757 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 2758 else 2759 fromcol = 0; 2760 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 2761 { 2762 pos.lnum = lnum; 2763 pos.col = search_match_endcol; 2764 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 2765 } 2766 else 2767 tocol = MAXCOL; 2768 if (fromcol == tocol) /* do at least one character */ 2769 tocol = fromcol + 1; /* happens when past end of line */ 2770 area_highlighting = TRUE; 2771 attr = hl_attr(HLF_I); 2772 } 2773 2774 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2775 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum); 2776 if (filler_lines < 0) 2777 { 2778 if (filler_lines == -1) 2779 { 2780 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) 2781 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 2782 else if (change_start == 0) 2783 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 2784 else 2785 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 2786 } 2787 else 2788 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 2789 filler_lines = 0; 2790 area_highlighting = TRUE; 2791 } 2792 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 2793 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill; 2794 filler_todo = filler_lines; 2795 #endif 2796 2797 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 2798 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2799 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */ 2800 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL); 2801 if (v != 0) 2802 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE); 2803 # endif 2804 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 2805 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */ 2806 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry() == lnum) 2807 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); 2808 # endif 2809 if (line_attr != 0) 2810 area_highlighting = TRUE; 2811 #endif 2812 2813 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 2814 ptr = line; 2815 2816 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2817 if (has_spell) 2818 { 2819 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */ 2820 if (cap_col == 0) 2821 cap_col = skipwhite(line) - line; 2822 2823 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the 2824 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was 2825 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */ 2826 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) 2827 { 2828 /* No next line or it is empty. */ 2829 nextlinecol = MAXCOL; 2830 nextline_idx = 0; 2831 } 2832 else 2833 { 2834 v = STRLEN(line); 2835 if (v < SPWORDLEN) 2836 { 2837 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the 2838 * next line. */ 2839 nextlinecol = 0; 2840 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v); 2841 mch_memmove(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN, 2842 STRLEN(nextline + SPWORDLEN) + 1); 2843 nextline_idx = v + 1; 2844 } 2845 else 2846 { 2847 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */ 2848 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN; 2849 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN); 2850 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1; 2851 } 2852 } 2853 } 2854 #endif 2855 2856 /* find start of trailing whitespace */ 2857 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_trail) 2858 { 2859 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr); 2860 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1])) 2861 --trailcol; 2862 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line); 2863 extra_check = TRUE; 2864 } 2865 2866 /* 2867 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the 2868 * first character to be displayed. 2869 */ 2870 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2871 v = wp->w_skipcol; 2872 else 2873 v = wp->w_leftcol; 2874 if (v > 0) 2875 { 2876 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2877 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr; 2878 #endif 2879 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) 2880 { 2881 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL); 2882 vcol += c; 2883 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2884 prev_ptr = ptr; 2885 #endif 2886 mb_ptr_adv(ptr); 2887 } 2888 2889 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 2890 /* When 'virtualedit' is set the end of the line may be before the 2891 * start of the displayed part. */ 2892 if (vcol < v && *ptr == NUL && virtual_active()) 2893 vcol = v; 2894 #endif 2895 2896 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at 2897 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */ 2898 if (vcol > v) 2899 { 2900 vcol -= c; 2901 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2902 ptr = prev_ptr; 2903 #else 2904 --ptr; 2905 #endif 2906 n_skip = v - vcol; 2907 } 2908 2909 /* 2910 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen, 2911 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen. 2912 */ 2913 if (tocol <= vcol) 2914 fromcol = 0; 2915 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) 2916 fromcol = vcol; 2917 2918 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 2919 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */ 2920 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2921 need_showbreak = TRUE; 2922 #endif 2923 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2924 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the 2925 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */ 2926 if (has_spell) 2927 { 2928 int len; 2929 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 2930 2931 pos = wp->w_cursor; 2932 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 2933 wp->w_cursor.col = ptr - line; 2934 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf); 2935 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line) 2936 { 2937 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a 2938 * word */ 2939 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 2940 word_end = spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp->w_buffer) - line + 1; 2941 } 2942 else 2943 { 2944 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */ 2945 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1; 2946 2947 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 2948 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 2949 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 2950 } 2951 wp->w_cursor = pos; 2952 2953 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */ 2954 if (has_syntax) 2955 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 2956 } 2957 #endif 2958 } 2959 2960 /* 2961 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled. 2962 * Avoids having to check this for each character. 2963 */ 2964 if (fromcol >= 0) 2965 { 2966 if (noinvcur) 2967 { 2968 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) 2969 { 2970 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the 2971 * cursor */ 2972 fromcol_prev = fromcol; 2973 fromcol = -1; 2974 } 2975 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) 2976 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */ 2977 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol; 2978 } 2979 if (fromcol >= tocol) 2980 fromcol = -1; 2981 } 2982 2983 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 2984 /* 2985 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern. 2986 * Do this for both search_hl and match_hl. 2987 */ 2988 shl = &search_hl; 2989 for (;;) 2990 { 2991 shl->startcol = MAXCOL; 2992 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 2993 shl->attr_cur = 0; 2994 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) 2995 { 2996 v = (long)(ptr - line); 2997 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v); 2998 2999 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it 3000 * invalid. */ 3001 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3002 ptr = line + v; 3003 3004 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum) 3005 { 3006 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 3007 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 3008 else 3009 shl->startcol = 0; 3010 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 3011 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum) 3012 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 3013 else 3014 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3015 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */ 3016 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 3017 { 3018 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3019 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL) 3020 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol); 3021 else 3022 #endif 3023 ++shl->endcol; 3024 } 3025 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */ 3026 { 3027 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 3028 search_attr = shl->attr; 3029 } 3030 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3031 } 3032 } 3033 if (shl == &match_hl) 3034 break; 3035 shl = &match_hl; 3036 } 3037 #endif 3038 3039 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 3040 col = 0; 3041 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3042 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3043 { 3044 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put 3045 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the 3046 * rightmost column of the window. */ 3047 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; 3048 off += col; 3049 } 3050 #endif 3051 3052 /* 3053 * Repeat for the whole displayed line. 3054 */ 3055 for (;;) 3056 { 3057 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */ 3058 if (draw_state != WL_LINE) 3059 { 3060 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3061 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3062 { 3063 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE; 3064 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 3065 { 3066 /* Draw the cmdline character. */ 3067 *extra = cmdwin_type; 3068 n_extra = 1; 3069 p_extra = extra; 3070 c_extra = NUL; 3071 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3072 } 3073 } 3074 #endif 3075 3076 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3077 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3078 { 3079 draw_state = WL_FOLD; 3080 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) 3081 { 3082 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. */ 3083 fill_foldcolumn(extra, wp, FALSE, lnum); 3084 n_extra = wp->w_p_fdc; 3085 p_extra = extra; 3086 c_extra = NUL; 3087 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_FC); 3088 } 3089 } 3090 #endif 3091 3092 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3093 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3094 { 3095 draw_state = WL_SIGN; 3096 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this 3097 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */ 3098 if (draw_signcolumn(wp) 3099 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3100 && filler_todo <= 0 3101 # endif 3102 ) 3103 { 3104 int_u text_sign; 3105 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3106 int_u icon_sign; 3107 # endif 3108 3109 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */ 3110 c_extra = ' '; 3111 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_SC); 3112 n_extra = 2; 3113 3114 if (row == startrow) 3115 { 3116 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3117 SIGN_TEXT); 3118 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3119 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3120 SIGN_ICON); 3121 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0) 3122 { 3123 /* Use the image in this position. */ 3124 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE; 3125 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 3126 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1) 3127 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE; 3128 # endif 3129 char_attr = icon_sign; 3130 } 3131 else 3132 # endif 3133 if (text_sign != 0) 3134 { 3135 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign); 3136 if (p_extra != NULL) 3137 { 3138 c_extra = NUL; 3139 n_extra = STRLEN(p_extra); 3140 } 3141 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE); 3142 } 3143 } 3144 } 3145 } 3146 #endif 3147 3148 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3149 { 3150 draw_state = WL_NR; 3151 /* Display the line number. After the first fill with blanks 3152 * when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */ 3153 if (wp->w_p_nu 3154 && (row == startrow 3155 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3156 + filler_lines 3157 #endif 3158 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) 3159 { 3160 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */ 3161 if (row == startrow 3162 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3163 + filler_lines 3164 #endif 3165 ) 3166 { 3167 sprintf((char *)extra, "%*ld ", 3168 number_width(wp), (long)lnum); 3169 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) 3170 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra) 3171 *p_extra = '-'; 3172 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3173 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */ 3174 rl_mirror(extra); 3175 #endif 3176 p_extra = extra; 3177 c_extra = NUL; 3178 } 3179 else 3180 c_extra = ' '; 3181 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1; 3182 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_N); 3183 } 3184 } 3185 3186 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3187 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3188 { 3189 draw_state = WL_SBR; 3190 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3191 if (filler_todo > 0) 3192 { 3193 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */ 3194 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 3195 c_extra = '-'; 3196 else 3197 c_extra = fill_diff; 3198 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3199 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3200 n_extra = col + 1; 3201 else 3202 # endif 3203 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 3204 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_DED); 3205 } 3206 # endif 3207 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3208 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) 3209 { 3210 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */ 3211 p_extra = p_sbr; 3212 c_extra = NUL; 3213 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr); 3214 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3215 need_showbreak = FALSE; 3216 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak', 3217 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 3218 if (tocol == vcol) 3219 tocol += n_extra; 3220 } 3221 # endif 3222 } 3223 #endif 3224 3225 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3226 { 3227 draw_state = WL_LINE; 3228 if (saved_n_extra) 3229 { 3230 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */ 3231 n_extra = saved_n_extra; 3232 c_extra = saved_c_extra; 3233 p_extra = saved_p_extra; 3234 char_attr = saved_char_attr; 3235 } 3236 else 3237 char_attr = 0; 3238 } 3239 } 3240 3241 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */ 3242 if (dollar_vcol != 0 && wp == curwin && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol 3243 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3244 && filler_todo <= 0 3245 #endif 3246 ) 3247 { 3248 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp), 3249 wp->w_p_rl); 3250 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. */ 3251 row = wp->w_height; 3252 break; 3253 } 3254 3255 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting) 3256 { 3257 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */ 3258 if (vcol == fromcol 3259 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3260 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0 3261 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1) 3262 #endif 3263 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev 3264 && vcol < tocol)) 3265 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */ 3266 else if (area_attr != 0 3267 && (vcol == tocol 3268 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 3269 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 3270 area_attr = line_attr; /* stop highlighting */ 3271 else if (line_attr && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL) 3272 || (vcol < fromcol || vcol > tocol))) 3273 area_attr = line_attr; 3274 #else 3275 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */ 3276 #endif 3277 3278 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3279 if (!n_extra) 3280 { 3281 /* 3282 * Check for start/end of search pattern match. 3283 * After end, check for start/end of next match. 3284 * When another match, have to check for start again. 3285 * Watch out for matching an empty string! 3286 * Do this first for search_hl, then for match_hl, so that 3287 * ":match" overrules 'hlsearch'. 3288 */ 3289 v = (long)(ptr - line); 3290 shl = &search_hl; 3291 for (;;) 3292 { 3293 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) 3294 { 3295 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL 3296 && v >= (long)shl->startcol 3297 && v < (long)shl->endcol) 3298 { 3299 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 3300 } 3301 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol) 3302 { 3303 shl->attr_cur = 0; 3304 3305 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v); 3306 3307 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp 3308 * may have made it invalid. */ 3309 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3310 ptr = line + v; 3311 3312 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 3313 { 3314 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 3315 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0) 3316 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 3317 else 3318 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3319 3320 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 3321 { 3322 /* highlight empty match, try again after 3323 * it */ 3324 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3325 if (has_mbyte) 3326 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line 3327 + shl->endcol); 3328 else 3329 #endif 3330 ++shl->endcol; 3331 } 3332 3333 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the 3334 * current position */ 3335 continue; 3336 } 3337 } 3338 break; 3339 } 3340 if (shl == &match_hl) 3341 break; 3342 shl = &match_hl; 3343 } 3344 /* ":match" highlighting overrules 'hlsearch' */ 3345 if (match_hl.attr_cur != 0) 3346 search_attr = match_hl.attr_cur; 3347 else 3348 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur; 3349 } 3350 #endif 3351 3352 if (area_attr != 0) 3353 char_attr = area_attr; 3354 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3355 else if (search_attr == 0 && has_syntax) 3356 char_attr = syntax_attr; 3357 #endif 3358 else 3359 char_attr = search_attr; 3360 3361 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3362 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 && n_extra == 0) 3363 { 3364 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start) 3365 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 3366 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end) 3367 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 3368 if (attr == 0 || area_attr != attr) 3369 area_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); 3370 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) 3371 { 3372 if (search_attr != 0) 3373 char_attr = search_attr; 3374 else 3375 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); 3376 } 3377 } 3378 #endif 3379 } 3380 3381 /* 3382 * Get the next character to put on the screen. 3383 */ 3384 /* 3385 * The 'extra' array contains the extra stuff that is inserted to 3386 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff). When all 3387 * characters are the same, c_extra is used. 3388 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "". 3389 */ 3390 if (n_extra > 0) 3391 { 3392 if (c_extra != NUL) 3393 { 3394 c = c_extra; 3395 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3396 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */ 3397 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 3398 { 3399 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 3400 u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0; 3401 } 3402 else 3403 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3404 #endif 3405 } 3406 else 3407 { 3408 c = *p_extra; 3409 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3410 if (has_mbyte) 3411 { 3412 mb_c = c; 3413 if (enc_utf8) 3414 { 3415 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: 3416 * Decode it into "mb_c". */ 3417 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p_extra); 3418 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3419 if (mb_l > n_extra) 3420 mb_l = 1; 3421 else if (mb_l > 1) 3422 { 3423 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, &u8c_c1, &u8c_c2); 3424 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 3425 } 3426 } 3427 else 3428 { 3429 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */ 3430 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 3431 if (mb_l >= n_extra) 3432 mb_l = 1; 3433 else if (mb_l > 1) 3434 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1]; 3435 } 3436 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 3437 mb_l = 1; 3438 3439 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 3440 * last column. */ 3441 if (( 3442 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3443 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 3444 # endif 3445 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) 3446 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 3447 { 3448 c = '>'; 3449 mb_c = c; 3450 mb_l = 1; 3451 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3452 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3453 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width 3454 * character at the start of the next line. */ 3455 ++n_extra; 3456 --p_extra; 3457 } 3458 else 3459 { 3460 n_extra -= mb_l - 1; 3461 p_extra += mb_l - 1; 3462 } 3463 } 3464 #endif 3465 ++p_extra; 3466 } 3467 --n_extra; 3468 } 3469 else 3470 { 3471 /* 3472 * Get a character from the line itself. 3473 */ 3474 c = *ptr; 3475 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3476 if (has_mbyte) 3477 { 3478 mb_c = c; 3479 if (enc_utf8) 3480 { 3481 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it 3482 * into "mb_c". */ 3483 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 3484 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3485 if (mb_l > 1) 3486 { 3487 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, &u8c_c1, &u8c_c2); 3488 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char 3489 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */ 3490 if (mb_c < 0x80) 3491 c = mb_c; 3492 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 3493 3494 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char. 3495 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */ 3496 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c)) 3497 { 3498 u8c_c2 = u8c_c1; 3499 u8c_c1 = mb_c; 3500 mb_c = ' '; 3501 } 3502 } 3503 3504 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80) 3505 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0) 3506 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c) 3507 || mb_c >= 0x10000))) 3508 { 3509 /* 3510 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>. 3511 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?. 3512 */ 3513 if (mb_c < 0x10000) 3514 { 3515 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c); 3516 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3517 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */ 3518 rl_mirror(extra); 3519 #endif 3520 } 3521 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2) 3522 STRCPY(extra, "?"); 3523 else 3524 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */ 3525 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237"); 3526 3527 p_extra = extra; 3528 c = *p_extra; 3529 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra); 3530 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80); 3531 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 3532 c_extra = NUL; 3533 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3534 { 3535 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 3536 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 3537 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 3538 } 3539 } 3540 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 3541 mb_l = 1; 3542 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 3543 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c)) 3544 { 3545 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 3546 int pc, pc1, nc, dummy; 3547 3548 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 3549 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 3550 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3551 { 3552 pc = prev_c; 3553 pc1 = prev_c1; 3554 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l); 3555 prev_c1 = u8c_c1; 3556 } 3557 else 3558 { 3559 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, &pc1, &dummy); 3560 nc = prev_c; 3561 } 3562 prev_c = mb_c; 3563 3564 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8c_c1, pc, pc1, nc); 3565 } 3566 else 3567 prev_c = mb_c; 3568 #endif 3569 } 3570 else /* enc_dbcs */ 3571 { 3572 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 3573 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 3574 mb_l = 1; 3575 else if (mb_l > 1) 3576 { 3577 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal. 3578 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings! 3579 */ 3580 if (ptr[1] >= 32) 3581 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1]; 3582 else 3583 { 3584 if (ptr[1] == NUL) 3585 { 3586 /* head byte at end of line */ 3587 mb_l = 1; 3588 transchar_nonprint(extra, c); 3589 } 3590 else 3591 { 3592 /* illegal tail byte */ 3593 mb_l = 2; 3594 STRCPY(extra, "XX"); 3595 } 3596 p_extra = extra; 3597 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1; 3598 c_extra = NUL; 3599 c = *p_extra++; 3600 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3601 { 3602 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 3603 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 3604 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 3605 } 3606 mb_c = c; 3607 } 3608 } 3609 } 3610 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 3611 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the 3612 * next line. */ 3613 if (( 3614 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3615 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 3616 # endif 3617 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) 3618 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 3619 { 3620 c = '>'; 3621 mb_c = c; 3622 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3623 mb_l = 1; 3624 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3625 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be 3626 * displayed at the start of the next line. */ 3627 --ptr; 3628 } 3629 else if (*ptr != NUL) 3630 ptr += mb_l - 1; 3631 3632 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display 3633 * a '<' in the first column. */ 3634 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1) 3635 { 3636 extra[0] = '<'; 3637 p_extra = extra; 3638 n_extra = 1; 3639 c_extra = NUL; 3640 c = ' '; 3641 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3642 { 3643 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 3644 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3645 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 3646 } 3647 mb_c = c; 3648 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3649 mb_l = 1; 3650 } 3651 3652 } 3653 #endif 3654 ++ptr; 3655 3656 /* 'list' : change char 160 to lcs_nbsp. */ 3657 if (wp->w_p_list && c == 160 && lcs_nbsp) 3658 { 3659 c = lcs_nbsp; 3660 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3661 { 3662 n_attr = 1; 3663 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 3664 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 3665 } 3666 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3667 mb_c = c; 3668 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 3669 { 3670 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 3671 u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0; 3672 } 3673 else 3674 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3675 #endif 3676 } 3677 3678 if (extra_check) 3679 { 3680 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3681 int can_spell = TRUE; 3682 3683 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line 3684 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */ 3685 v = (long)(ptr - line); 3686 if (has_syntax && v > 0) 3687 { 3688 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there 3689 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */ 3690 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 3691 did_emsg = FALSE; 3692 3693 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1, 3694 has_spell ? &can_spell : NULL); 3695 3696 if (did_emsg) 3697 { 3698 wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error = TRUE; 3699 has_syntax = FALSE; 3700 } 3701 else 3702 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 3703 3704 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may 3705 * have made it invalid. */ 3706 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3707 ptr = line + v; 3708 3709 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3710 char_attr = syntax_attr; 3711 else 3712 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); 3713 } 3714 3715 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line). 3716 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the 3717 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item 3718 * contains the @Spell cluster. */ 3719 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) 3720 { 3721 spell_attr = 0; 3722 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3723 char_attr = syntax_attr; 3724 if (c != 0 && (!has_syntax || can_spell)) 3725 { 3726 char_u *prev_ptr, *p; 3727 int len; 3728 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3729 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3730 if (has_mbyte) 3731 { 3732 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l; 3733 v -= mb_l - 1; 3734 } 3735 else 3736 # endif 3737 prev_ptr = ptr - 1; 3738 3739 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the 3740 * next line concatenated. */ 3741 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) 3742 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol; 3743 else 3744 p = prev_ptr; 3745 cap_col -= (prev_ptr - line); 3746 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col); 3747 word_end = v + len; 3748 3749 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that 3750 * doesn't touch the cursor. */ 3751 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT 3752 && (State & INSERT) != 0 3753 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum 3754 && wp->w_cursor.col >= 3755 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line) 3756 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) 3757 { 3758 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3759 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum; 3760 } 3761 3762 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr 3763 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) 3764 { 3765 /* Remember that the good word continues at the 3766 * start of the next line. */ 3767 checked_lnum = lnum + 1; 3768 checked_col = (p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx; 3769 } 3770 3771 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 3772 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 3773 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 3774 3775 if (cap_col > 0) 3776 { 3777 if (p != prev_ptr 3778 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) 3779 { 3780 /* Remember that the word in the next line 3781 * must start with a capital. */ 3782 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 3783 cap_col = (p - nextline) + cap_col 3784 - nextline_idx; 3785 } 3786 else 3787 /* Compute the actual column. */ 3788 cap_col += (prev_ptr - line); 3789 } 3790 } 3791 } 3792 if (spell_attr != 0) 3793 { 3794 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3795 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr); 3796 else 3797 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr); 3798 } 3799 #endif 3800 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3801 /* 3802 * Found last space before word: check for line break. 3803 */ 3804 if (wp->w_p_lbr && vim_isbreak(c) && !vim_isbreak(*ptr) 3805 && !wp->w_p_list) 3806 { 3807 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr - ( 3808 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3809 has_mbyte ? mb_l : 3810 # endif 3811 1), (colnr_T)vcol, NULL) - 1; 3812 c_extra = ' '; 3813 if (vim_iswhite(c)) 3814 c = ' '; 3815 } 3816 #endif 3817 3818 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ') 3819 { 3820 c = lcs_trail; 3821 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3822 { 3823 n_attr = 1; 3824 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 3825 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 3826 } 3827 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3828 mb_c = c; 3829 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 3830 { 3831 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 3832 u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0; 3833 } 3834 else 3835 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3836 #endif 3837 } 3838 } 3839 3840 /* 3841 * Handling of non-printable characters. 3842 */ 3843 if (!(chartab[c] & CT_PRINT_CHAR)) 3844 { 3845 /* 3846 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to 3847 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it 3848 * into "ScreenLines". 3849 */ 3850 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) 3851 { 3852 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 3853 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 3854 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 3855 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3856 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 3857 #endif 3858 if (wp->w_p_list) 3859 { 3860 c = lcs_tab1; 3861 c_extra = lcs_tab2; 3862 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 3863 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 3864 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 3865 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3866 mb_c = c; 3867 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 3868 { 3869 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 3870 u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0; 3871 } 3872 #endif 3873 } 3874 else 3875 { 3876 c_extra = ' '; 3877 c = ' '; 3878 } 3879 } 3880 else if (c == NUL 3881 && ((wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0) 3882 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0) 3883 && tocol > vcol 3884 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 3885 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 3886 #endif 3887 && ( 3888 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3889 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 3890 # endif 3891 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))) 3892 && !(noinvcur 3893 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 3894 && lcs_eol_one >= 0) 3895 { 3896 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra 3897 * character if the line break is included. */ 3898 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) 3899 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the 3900 * "$". */ 3901 if ( 3902 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3903 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 3904 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 3905 && 3906 # endif 3907 # endif 3908 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 3909 line_attr == 0 3910 # endif 3911 ) 3912 #endif 3913 { 3914 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3915 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend 3916 * beyond end of line. */ 3917 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active() 3918 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) 3919 n_extra = 0; 3920 else 3921 #endif 3922 { 3923 p_extra = at_end_str; 3924 n_extra = 1; 3925 c_extra = NUL; 3926 } 3927 } 3928 if (wp->w_p_list) 3929 c = lcs_eol; 3930 else 3931 c = ' '; 3932 lcs_eol_one = -1; 3933 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 3934 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3935 { 3936 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3937 n_attr = 1; 3938 } 3939 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3940 mb_c = c; 3941 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 3942 { 3943 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 3944 u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0; 3945 } 3946 else 3947 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 3948 #endif 3949 } 3950 else if (c != NUL) 3951 { 3952 p_extra = transchar(c); 3953 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3954 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) 3955 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */ 3956 #endif 3957 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 3958 c_extra = NUL; 3959 c = *p_extra++; 3960 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3961 { 3962 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 3963 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 3964 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 3965 } 3966 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3967 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 3968 #endif 3969 } 3970 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3971 else if (VIsual_active 3972 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V 3973 || VIsual_mode == 'v') 3974 && virtual_active() 3975 && tocol != MAXCOL 3976 && vcol < tocol 3977 && ( 3978 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3979 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 3980 # endif 3981 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))) 3982 { 3983 c = ' '; 3984 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 3985 } 3986 #endif 3987 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) 3988 else if (( 3989 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3990 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 3991 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 3992 || 3993 # endif 3994 # endif 3995 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 3996 line_attr != 0 3997 # endif 3998 ) && ( 3999 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4000 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 4001 # endif 4002 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))) 4003 { 4004 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */ 4005 c = ' '; 4006 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 4007 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4008 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) 4009 { 4010 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; 4011 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) 4012 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); 4013 } 4014 # endif 4015 } 4016 #endif 4017 } 4018 } 4019 4020 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */ 4021 if (n_attr > 0 4022 && draw_state == WL_LINE 4023 && (area_attr == 0 || char_attr != area_attr) 4024 && (search_attr == 0 || char_attr != search_attr)) 4025 char_attr = extra_attr; 4026 4027 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 4028 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send 4029 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use 4030 * im_is_preediting() here. */ 4031 if (xic != NULL 4032 && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum 4033 && (State & INSERT) 4034 && !p_imdisable 4035 && im_is_preediting() 4036 && draw_state == WL_LINE) 4037 { 4038 colnr_T tcol; 4039 4040 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL) 4041 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL); 4042 else 4043 tcol = preedit_end_col; 4044 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol) 4045 { 4046 if (feedback_old_attr < 0) 4047 { 4048 feedback_col = 0; 4049 feedback_old_attr = char_attr; 4050 } 4051 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col); 4052 if (char_attr < 0) 4053 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 4054 feedback_col++; 4055 } 4056 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0) 4057 { 4058 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 4059 feedback_old_attr = -1; 4060 feedback_col = 0; 4061 } 4062 } 4063 #endif 4064 /* 4065 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first 4066 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a 4067 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>". 4068 */ 4069 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL 4070 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0) 4071 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4072 && filler_todo <= 0 4073 #endif 4074 && draw_state > WL_NR 4075 && c != NUL) 4076 { 4077 c = lcs_prec; 4078 lcs_prec_todo = NUL; 4079 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4080 mb_c = c; 4081 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4082 { 4083 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4084 u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0; 4085 } 4086 else 4087 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4088 #endif 4089 if ((area_attr == 0 || char_attr != area_attr) 4090 && (search_attr == 0 || char_attr != search_attr)) 4091 { 4092 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4093 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */ 4094 n_attr3 = 1; 4095 } 4096 } 4097 4098 /* 4099 * At end of the text line. 4100 */ 4101 if (c == NUL) 4102 { 4103 /* invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or 4104 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last 4105 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not 4106 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */ 4107 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one 4108 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol) 4109 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 4110 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */ 4111 || (ptr - line) - 1 == (long)search_hl.startcol 4112 || (ptr - line) - 1 == (long)match_hl.startcol 4113 #endif 4114 )) 4115 { 4116 int n = 0; 4117 4118 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4119 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4120 { 4121 if (col < 0) 4122 n = 1; 4123 } 4124 else 4125 #endif 4126 { 4127 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)) 4128 n = -1; 4129 } 4130 if (n != 0) 4131 { 4132 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character 4133 * instead (better than nothing). */ 4134 off += n; 4135 col += n; 4136 } 4137 else 4138 { 4139 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */ 4140 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 4141 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4142 if (enc_utf8) 4143 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 4144 #endif 4145 } 4146 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 4147 if (area_attr == 0) 4148 { 4149 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)match_hl.startcol) 4150 char_attr = match_hl.attr; 4151 else 4152 char_attr = search_hl.attr; 4153 } 4154 #endif 4155 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 4156 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4157 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4158 --col; 4159 else 4160 #endif 4161 ++col; 4162 } 4163 4164 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, (int)W_WIDTH(wp), 4165 wp->w_p_rl); 4166 row++; 4167 4168 /* 4169 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 4170 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 4171 */ 4172 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 4173 { 4174 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow; 4175 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow; 4176 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 4177 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE; 4178 #endif 4179 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 4180 } 4181 4182 break; 4183 } 4184 4185 /* line continues beyond line end */ 4186 if (lcs_ext 4187 && !wp->w_p_wrap 4188 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4189 && filler_todo <= 0 4190 #endif 4191 && ( 4192 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4193 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : 4194 #endif 4195 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1) 4196 && (*ptr != NUL 4197 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) 4198 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) 4199 { 4200 c = lcs_ext; 4201 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 4202 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4203 mb_c = c; 4204 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4205 { 4206 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4207 u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0; 4208 } 4209 else 4210 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4211 #endif 4212 } 4213 4214 /* 4215 * Store character to be displayed. 4216 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'. 4217 */ 4218 vcol_prev = vcol; 4219 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) 4220 { 4221 /* 4222 * Store the character. 4223 */ 4224 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 4225 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 4226 { 4227 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */ 4228 --off; 4229 --col; 4230 } 4231 #endif 4232 ScreenLines[off] = c; 4233 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4234 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 4235 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 4236 else if (enc_utf8) 4237 { 4238 if (mb_utf8) 4239 { 4240 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c; 4241 ScreenLinesC1[off] = u8c_c1; 4242 ScreenLinesC2[off] = u8c_c2; 4243 } 4244 else 4245 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 4246 } 4247 if (multi_attr) 4248 { 4249 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr; 4250 multi_attr = 0; 4251 } 4252 else 4253 #endif 4254 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 4255 4256 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4257 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 4258 { 4259 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 4260 ++off; 4261 ++col; 4262 if (enc_utf8) 4263 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */ 4264 ScreenLines[off] = 0; 4265 else 4266 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */ 4267 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 4268 ++vcol; 4269 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of 4270 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */ 4271 if (tocol == vcol) 4272 ++tocol; 4273 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4274 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4275 { 4276 /* now it's time to backup one cell */ 4277 --off; 4278 --col; 4279 } 4280 #endif 4281 } 4282 #endif 4283 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4284 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4285 { 4286 --off; 4287 --col; 4288 } 4289 else 4290 #endif 4291 { 4292 ++off; 4293 ++col; 4294 } 4295 } 4296 else 4297 --n_skip; 4298 4299 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' column. */ 4300 if (draw_state >= WL_SBR 4301 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4302 && filler_todo <= 0 4303 #endif 4304 ) 4305 ++vcol; 4306 4307 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */ 4308 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) 4309 char_attr = saved_attr3; 4310 4311 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */ 4312 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) 4313 char_attr = saved_attr2; 4314 4315 /* 4316 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line 4317 * so far. If there is no more to display it is catched above. 4318 */ 4319 if (( 4320 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4321 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : 4322 #endif 4323 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))) 4324 && (*ptr != NUL 4325 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4326 || filler_todo > 0 4327 #endif 4328 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) 4329 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))) 4330 ) 4331 { 4332 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, (int)W_WIDTH(wp), 4333 wp->w_p_rl); 4334 ++row; 4335 ++screen_row; 4336 4337 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed 4338 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */ 4339 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap 4340 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4341 && filler_todo <= 0 4342 #endif 4343 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) 4344 break; 4345 4346 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */ 4347 if (draw_state != WL_LINE 4348 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4349 && filler_todo <= 0 4350 #endif 4351 ) 4352 { 4353 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 4354 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 4355 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 4356 #endif 4357 row = endrow; 4358 } 4359 4360 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */ 4361 if (row == endrow) 4362 { 4363 ++row; 4364 break; 4365 } 4366 4367 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1 4368 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4369 && filler_todo <= 0 4370 #endif 4371 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns) 4372 { 4373 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */ 4374 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE; 4375 4376 /* 4377 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with 4378 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of 4379 * the line. This will work with all terminal types 4380 * (regardless of the xn,am settings). 4381 * Only do this on a fast tty. 4382 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line 4383 * (something has been written in it). 4384 * Don't do this for the GUI. 4385 * Don't do this for double-width characters. 4386 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border. 4387 */ 4388 if (p_tf 4389 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4390 && !gui.in_use 4391 #endif 4392 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4393 && !(has_mbyte 4394 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row]) == 2 4395 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 4396 + (int)Columns - 2) == 2)) 4397 #endif 4398 ) 4399 { 4400 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line, 4401 * then output the same character again to let the 4402 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't 4403 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */ 4404 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp)) 4405 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 4406 + (unsigned)Columns - 1, 4407 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1)); 4408 4409 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4410 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a 4411 * space to keep it simple. */ 4412 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[ 4413 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1) 4414 out_char(' '); 4415 else 4416 #endif 4417 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 4418 + (Columns - 1)]); 4419 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */ 4420 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1; 4421 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 4422 } 4423 } 4424 4425 col = 0; 4426 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 4427 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4428 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4429 { 4430 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */ 4431 off += col; 4432 } 4433 #endif 4434 4435 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */ 4436 draw_state = WL_START; 4437 saved_n_extra = n_extra; 4438 saved_p_extra = p_extra; 4439 saved_c_extra = c_extra; 4440 saved_char_attr = char_attr; 4441 n_extra = 0; 4442 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; 4443 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4444 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4445 if (filler_todo <= 0) 4446 # endif 4447 need_showbreak = TRUE; 4448 #endif 4449 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4450 --filler_todo; 4451 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the 4452 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */ 4453 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill) 4454 break; 4455 #endif 4456 } 4457 4458 } /* for every character in the line */ 4459 4460 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4461 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */ 4462 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) 4463 { 4464 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 4465 cap_col = 0; 4466 } 4467 #endif 4468 4469 return row; 4470 } 4471 4472 /* 4473 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing: 4474 * - the (first byte of the) character is different 4475 * - the attributes are different 4476 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different 4477 */ 4478 static int 4479 char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, cols) 4480 int off_from; 4481 int off_to; 4482 int cols; 4483 { 4484 if (cols > 0 4485 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to] 4486 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 4487 4488 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4489 || (enc_dbcs != 0 4490 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1 4491 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e 4492 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to] 4493 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 4494 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 4495 || (enc_utf8 4496 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 4497 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0 4498 && (ScreenLinesC1[off_from] 4499 != ScreenLinesC1[off_to] 4500 || ScreenLinesC2[off_from] 4501 != ScreenLinesC2[off_to])))) 4502 #endif 4503 )) 4504 return TRUE; 4505 return FALSE; 4506 } 4507 4508 /* 4509 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that 4510 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character. 4511 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line. 4512 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are. 4513 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line 4514 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise. 4515 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window: 4516 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol" 4517 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width" 4518 */ 4519 static void 4520 screen_line(row, coloff, endcol, clear_width 4521 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4522 , rlflag 4523 #endif 4524 ) 4525 int row; 4526 int coloff; 4527 int endcol; 4528 int clear_width; 4529 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4530 int rlflag; 4531 #endif 4532 { 4533 unsigned off_from; 4534 unsigned off_to; 4535 int col = 0; 4536 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) 4537 int hl; 4538 #endif 4539 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */ 4540 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */ 4541 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4542 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */ 4543 #endif 4544 ; 4545 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */ 4546 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4547 int clear_next = FALSE; 4548 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */ 4549 /* 2: occupies two display cells */ 4550 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells 4551 #else 4552 # define CHAR_CELLS 1 4553 #endif 4554 4555 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 4556 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row); 4557 # endif 4558 4559 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 4560 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff; 4561 4562 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4563 if (rlflag) 4564 { 4565 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */ 4566 if (clear_width > 0) 4567 { 4568 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 4569 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 4570 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4571 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 4572 # endif 4573 ) 4574 { 4575 ++off_to; 4576 ++col; 4577 } 4578 if (col <= endcol) 4579 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, 4580 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0); 4581 } 4582 col = endcol + 1; 4583 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff; 4584 off_from += col; 4585 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width); 4586 } 4587 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */ 4588 4589 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col); 4590 4591 while (col < endcol) 4592 { 4593 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4594 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol)) 4595 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from); 4596 else 4597 char_cells = 1; 4598 #endif 4599 4600 redraw_this = redraw_next; 4601 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS, 4602 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS); 4603 4604 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4605 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to 4606 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only 4607 * happens in the GUI. 4608 */ 4609 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use) 4610 { 4611 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS]; 4612 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) 4613 redraw_this = TRUE; 4614 } 4615 #endif 4616 4617 if (redraw_this) 4618 { 4619 /* 4620 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm): 4621 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the 4622 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The 4623 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the 4624 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must 4625 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted 4626 * character. 4627 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need 4628 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it 4629 * completely. 4630 */ 4631 if ( p_wiv 4632 && !force 4633 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4634 && !gui.in_use 4635 #endif 4636 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0 4637 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 4638 { 4639 /* 4640 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here. 4641 */ 4642 windgoto(row, col + coloff); 4643 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */ 4644 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 4645 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */ 4646 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */ 4647 4648 /* 4649 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop 4650 * highlighting at this character. 4651 */ 4652 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0) 4653 { 4654 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]; 4655 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff); 4656 screen_stop_highlight(); 4657 } 4658 else 4659 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */ 4660 } 4661 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4662 if (enc_dbcs != 0) 4663 { 4664 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or 4665 * the other way around requires another character to be 4666 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing 4667 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */ 4668 if (char_cells == 1 4669 && col + 1 < endcol 4670 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to) > 1) 4671 { 4672 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell 4673 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */ 4674 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0; 4675 redraw_next = TRUE; 4676 } 4677 else if (char_cells == 2 4678 && col + 2 < endcol 4679 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to) == 1 4680 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1) > 1) 4681 { 4682 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over 4683 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second 4684 * cell. */ 4685 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0; 4686 redraw_next = TRUE; 4687 } 4688 4689 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 4690 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from]; 4691 } 4692 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width 4693 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out 4694 * the right halve of the old character. 4695 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width 4696 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */ 4697 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol 4698 && ((char_cells == 1 4699 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to) > 1) 4700 || (char_cells == 2 4701 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to) == 1 4702 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1) > 1))) 4703 clear_next = TRUE; 4704 #endif 4705 4706 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from]; 4707 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4708 if (enc_utf8) 4709 { 4710 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from]; 4711 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0) 4712 { 4713 ScreenLinesC1[off_to] = ScreenLinesC1[off_from]; 4714 ScreenLinesC2[off_to] = ScreenLinesC2[off_from]; 4715 } 4716 } 4717 if (char_cells == 2) 4718 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1]; 4719 #endif 4720 4721 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 4722 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next 4723 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next 4724 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 4725 * and for some xterms. */ 4726 if ( 4727 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 4728 gui.in_use 4729 # endif 4730 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 4731 || 4732 # endif 4733 # ifdef UNIX 4734 term_is_xterm 4735 # endif 4736 ) 4737 { 4738 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 4739 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) 4740 redraw_next = TRUE; 4741 } 4742 #endif 4743 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 4744 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4745 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2) 4746 { 4747 /* just a hack: It makes two bytes of DBCS have same attr */ 4748 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 4749 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff); 4750 } 4751 else 4752 #endif 4753 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 4754 } 4755 else if ( p_wiv 4756 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4757 && !gui.in_use 4758 #endif 4759 && col + coloff > 0) 4760 { 4761 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]) 4762 { 4763 /* 4764 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will 4765 * stop the highlighting when it should continue. 4766 */ 4767 screen_attr = 0; 4768 } 4769 else if (screen_attr != 0) 4770 screen_stop_highlight(); 4771 } 4772 4773 off_to += CHAR_CELLS; 4774 off_from += CHAR_CELLS; 4775 col += CHAR_CELLS; 4776 } 4777 4778 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4779 if (clear_next) 4780 { 4781 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left 4782 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */ 4783 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' '; 4784 if (enc_utf8) 4785 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 4786 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 4787 } 4788 #endif 4789 4790 if (clear_width > 0 4791 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4792 && !rlflag 4793 #endif 4794 ) 4795 { 4796 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4797 int startCol = col; 4798 #endif 4799 4800 /* blank out the rest of the line */ 4801 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 4802 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 4803 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4804 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 4805 #endif 4806 ) 4807 { 4808 ++off_to; 4809 ++col; 4810 } 4811 if (col < clear_width) 4812 { 4813 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4814 /* 4815 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels 4816 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold 4817 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous 4818 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we 4819 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway. 4820 */ 4821 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this) 4822 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4823 && enc_dbcs == 0 4824 # endif 4825 ) 4826 { 4827 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 4828 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) 4829 screen_char(off_to - 1, row, col + coloff - 1); 4830 } 4831 #endif 4832 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff, 4833 ' ', ' ', 0); 4834 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 4835 off_to += clear_width - col; 4836 col = clear_width; 4837 #endif 4838 } 4839 } 4840 4841 if (clear_width > 0) 4842 { 4843 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 4844 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */ 4845 if (col + coloff < Columns) 4846 { 4847 int c; 4848 4849 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 4850 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != c 4851 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4852 || (enc_utf8 4853 && ScreenLinesUC[off_to] != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 4854 # endif 4855 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl) 4856 { 4857 ScreenLines[off_to] = c; 4858 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl; 4859 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4860 if (enc_utf8) 4861 { 4862 if (c >= 0x80) 4863 { 4864 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c; 4865 ScreenLinesC1[off_to] = 0; 4866 ScreenLinesC2[off_to] = 0; 4867 } 4868 else 4869 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 4870 } 4871 # endif 4872 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 4873 } 4874 } 4875 else 4876 #endif 4877 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 4878 } 4879 } 4880 4881 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) 4882 /* 4883 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying. 4884 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers). 4885 */ 4886 void 4887 rl_mirror(str) 4888 char_u *str; 4889 { 4890 char_u *p1, *p2; 4891 int t; 4892 4893 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) 4894 { 4895 t = *p1; 4896 *p1 = *p2; 4897 *p2 = t; 4898 } 4899 } 4900 #endif 4901 4902 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) 4903 /* 4904 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd 4905 */ 4906 void 4907 status_redraw_all() 4908 { 4909 win_T *wp; 4910 4911 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) 4912 if (wp->w_status_height) 4913 { 4914 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 4915 redraw_later(VALID); 4916 } 4917 } 4918 4919 /* 4920 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw 4921 */ 4922 void 4923 status_redraw_curbuf() 4924 { 4925 win_T *wp; 4926 4927 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) 4928 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) 4929 { 4930 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 4931 redraw_later(VALID); 4932 } 4933 } 4934 4935 /* 4936 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn. 4937 */ 4938 void 4939 redraw_statuslines() 4940 { 4941 win_T *wp; 4942 4943 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) 4944 if (wp->w_redr_status) 4945 win_redr_status(wp); 4946 } 4947 #endif 4948 4949 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)) || defined(PROTO) 4950 /* 4951 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp". 4952 */ 4953 void 4954 win_redraw_last_status(frp) 4955 frame_T *frp; 4956 { 4957 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) 4958 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE; 4959 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) 4960 { 4961 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) 4962 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 4963 } 4964 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ 4965 { 4966 frp = frp->fr_child; 4967 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) 4968 frp = frp->fr_next; 4969 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 4970 } 4971 } 4972 #endif 4973 4974 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 4975 /* 4976 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row". 4977 */ 4978 static void 4979 draw_vsep_win(wp, row) 4980 win_T *wp; 4981 int row; 4982 { 4983 int hl; 4984 int c; 4985 4986 if (wp->w_vsep_width) 4987 { 4988 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 4989 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 4990 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 4991 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, 4992 c, ' ', hl); 4993 } 4994 } 4995 #endif 4996 4997 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 4998 static int status_match_len __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); 4999 static int skip_status_match_char __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); 5000 5001 /* 5002 * Get the lenght of an item as it will be shown in the status line. 5003 */ 5004 static int 5005 status_match_len(xp, s) 5006 expand_T *xp; 5007 char_u *s; 5008 { 5009 int len = 0; 5010 5011 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 5012 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 5013 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 5014 5015 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */ 5016 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 5017 return 1; 5018 #endif 5019 5020 while (*s != NUL) 5021 { 5022 if (skip_status_match_char(xp, s)) 5023 ++s; 5024 len += ptr2cells(s); 5025 mb_ptr_adv(s); 5026 } 5027 5028 return len; 5029 } 5030 5031 /* 5032 * Return TRUE for characters that are not displayed in a status match. 5033 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags. 5034 */ 5035 static int 5036 skip_status_match_char(xp, s) 5037 expand_T *xp; 5038 char_u *s; 5039 { 5040 return ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP) 5041 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 5042 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 5043 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES) 5044 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL))) 5045 #endif 5046 ); 5047 } 5048 5049 /* 5050 * Show wildchar matches in the status line. 5051 * Show at least the "match" item. 5052 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit. 5053 * 5054 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 5055 */ 5056 void 5057 win_redr_status_matches(xp, num_matches, matches, match, showtail) 5058 expand_T *xp; 5059 int num_matches; 5060 char_u **matches; /* list of matches */ 5061 int match; 5062 int showtail; 5063 { 5064 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m]) 5065 int row; 5066 char_u *buf; 5067 int len; 5068 int clen; /* lenght in screen cells */ 5069 int fillchar; 5070 int attr; 5071 int i; 5072 int highlight = TRUE; 5073 char_u *selstart = NULL; 5074 int selstart_col = 0; 5075 char_u *selend = NULL; 5076 static int first_match = 0; 5077 int add_left = FALSE; 5078 char_u *s; 5079 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 5080 int emenu; 5081 #endif 5082 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU) 5083 int l; 5084 #endif 5085 5086 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */ 5087 return; 5088 5089 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5090 if (has_mbyte) 5091 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1); 5092 else 5093 #endif 5094 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1); 5095 if (buf == NULL) 5096 return; 5097 5098 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */ 5099 { 5100 match = 0; 5101 highlight = FALSE; 5102 } 5103 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */ 5104 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3; 5105 if (match == 0) 5106 first_match = 0; 5107 else if (match < first_match) 5108 { 5109 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */ 5110 first_match = match; 5111 add_left = TRUE; 5112 } 5113 else 5114 { 5115 /* check if match fits on the screen */ 5116 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) 5117 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 5118 if (first_match > 0) 5119 clen += 2; 5120 /* jumping right, put match at the left */ 5121 if ((long)clen > Columns) 5122 { 5123 first_match = match; 5124 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */ 5125 clen = 2; 5126 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) 5127 { 5128 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 5129 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 5130 break; 5131 } 5132 if (i == num_matches) 5133 add_left = TRUE; 5134 } 5135 } 5136 if (add_left) 5137 while (first_match > 0) 5138 { 5139 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2; 5140 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 5141 break; 5142 --first_match; 5143 } 5144 5145 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE); 5146 5147 if (first_match == 0) 5148 { 5149 *buf = NUL; 5150 len = 0; 5151 } 5152 else 5153 { 5154 STRCPY(buf, "< "); 5155 len = 2; 5156 } 5157 clen = len; 5158 5159 i = first_match; 5160 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) 5161 { 5162 if (i == match) 5163 { 5164 selstart = buf + len; 5165 selstart_col = clen; 5166 } 5167 5168 s = L_MATCH(i); 5169 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */ 5170 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 5171 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 5172 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 5173 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 5174 { 5175 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|')); 5176 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 5177 len += l; 5178 clen += l; 5179 } 5180 else 5181 #endif 5182 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s) 5183 { 5184 if (skip_status_match_char(xp, s)) 5185 ++s; 5186 clen += ptr2cells(s); 5187 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5188 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1) 5189 { 5190 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l); 5191 s += l - 1; 5192 len += l; 5193 } 5194 else 5195 #endif 5196 { 5197 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s)); 5198 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 5199 } 5200 } 5201 if (i == match) 5202 selend = buf + len; 5203 5204 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 5205 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 5206 clen += 2; 5207 if (++i == num_matches) 5208 break; 5209 } 5210 5211 if (i != num_matches) 5212 { 5213 *(buf + len++) = '>'; 5214 ++clen; 5215 } 5216 5217 buf[len] = NUL; 5218 5219 row = cmdline_row - 1; 5220 if (row >= 0) 5221 { 5222 if (wild_menu_showing == 0) 5223 { 5224 if (msg_scrolled > 0) 5225 { 5226 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is 5227 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */ 5228 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) 5229 { 5230 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL); 5231 ++msg_scrolled; 5232 } 5233 else 5234 { 5235 ++cmdline_row; 5236 ++row; 5237 } 5238 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED; 5239 } 5240 else 5241 { 5242 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2. 5243 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is 5244 * resized. */ 5245 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 5246 { 5247 save_p_ls = p_ls; 5248 save_p_wmh = p_wmh; 5249 p_ls = 2; 5250 p_wmh = 0; 5251 last_status(FALSE); 5252 } 5253 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN; 5254 } 5255 } 5256 5257 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr); 5258 if (selstart != NULL && highlight) 5259 { 5260 *selend = NUL; 5261 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, hl_attr(HLF_WM)); 5262 } 5263 5264 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr); 5265 } 5266 5267 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 5268 win_redraw_last_status(topframe); 5269 #else 5270 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 5271 #endif 5272 vim_free(buf); 5273 } 5274 #endif 5275 5276 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) 5277 /* 5278 * Redraw the status line of window wp. 5279 * 5280 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 5281 */ 5282 void 5283 win_redr_status(wp) 5284 win_T *wp; 5285 { 5286 int row; 5287 char_u *p; 5288 int len; 5289 int fillchar; 5290 int attr; 5291 int this_ru_col; 5292 5293 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE; 5294 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) 5295 { 5296 /* no status line, can only be last window */ 5297 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 5298 } 5299 else if (!redrawing()) 5300 { 5301 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 5302 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 5303 } 5304 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 5305 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 5306 { 5307 /* redraw custom status line */ 5308 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE); 5309 } 5310 #endif 5311 else 5312 { 5313 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 5314 5315 if (buf_spname(wp->w_buffer) != NULL) 5316 STRCPY(NameBuff, buf_spname(wp->w_buffer)); 5317 else 5318 home_replace(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_buffer->b_fname, NameBuff, 5319 MAXPATHL, TRUE); 5320 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL); 5321 p = NameBuff; 5322 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 5323 5324 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help 5325 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 5326 || wp->w_p_pvw 5327 #endif 5328 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) 5329 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 5330 *(p + len++) = ' '; 5331 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help) 5332 { 5333 STRCPY(p + len, _("[help]")); 5334 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 5335 } 5336 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 5337 if (wp->w_p_pvw) 5338 { 5339 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]")); 5340 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 5341 } 5342 #endif 5343 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) 5344 { 5345 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]"); 5346 len += 3; 5347 } 5348 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 5349 { 5350 STRCPY(p + len, "[RO]"); 5351 len += 4; 5352 } 5353 5354 #ifndef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 5355 this_ru_col = ru_col; 5356 if (this_ru_col < (Columns + 1) / 2) 5357 this_ru_col = (Columns + 1) / 2; 5358 #else 5359 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); 5360 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) 5361 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; 5362 if (this_ru_col <= 1) 5363 { 5364 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */ 5365 len = 1; 5366 } 5367 else 5368 #endif 5369 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5370 if (has_mbyte) 5371 { 5372 int clen = 0, i; 5373 5374 /* Count total number of display cells. */ 5375 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) 5376 clen += (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); 5377 /* Find first character that will fit. 5378 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */ 5379 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1; 5380 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) 5381 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); 5382 len = clen; 5383 if (i > 0) 5384 { 5385 p = p + i - 1; 5386 *p = '<'; 5387 ++len; 5388 } 5389 5390 } 5391 else 5392 #endif 5393 if (len > this_ru_col - 1) 5394 { 5395 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1); 5396 *p = '<'; 5397 len = this_ru_col - 1; 5398 } 5399 5400 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 5401 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr); 5402 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp), 5403 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr); 5404 5405 if (get_keymap_str(wp, NameBuff, MAXPATHL) 5406 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) 5407 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) 5408 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr); 5409 5410 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 5411 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE); 5412 #endif 5413 } 5414 5415 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 5416 /* 5417 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator. 5418 */ 5419 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) 5420 { 5421 if (stl_connected(wp)) 5422 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 5423 else 5424 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr); 5425 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp), 5426 attr); 5427 } 5428 #endif 5429 } 5430 5431 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 5432 /* 5433 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status 5434 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator. 5435 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0). 5436 */ 5437 int 5438 stl_connected(wp) 5439 win_T *wp; 5440 { 5441 frame_T *fr; 5442 5443 fr = wp->w_frame; 5444 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) 5445 { 5446 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) 5447 { 5448 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 5449 break; 5450 } 5451 else 5452 { 5453 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 5454 return TRUE; 5455 } 5456 fr = fr->fr_parent; 5457 } 5458 return FALSE; 5459 } 5460 # endif 5461 5462 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ 5463 5464 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) 5465 /* 5466 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'. 5467 */ 5468 int 5469 get_keymap_str(wp, buf, len) 5470 win_T *wp; 5471 char_u *buf; /* buffer for the result */ 5472 int len; /* length of buffer */ 5473 { 5474 char_u *p; 5475 5476 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) 5477 return FALSE; 5478 5479 { 5480 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 5481 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; 5482 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 5483 char_u *s; 5484 5485 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; 5486 curwin = wp; 5487 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */ 5488 ++emsg_skip; 5489 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL); 5490 --emsg_skip; 5491 curbuf = old_curbuf; 5492 curwin = old_curwin; 5493 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) 5494 #endif 5495 { 5496 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 5497 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) 5498 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap; 5499 else 5500 #endif 5501 p = (char_u *)"lang"; 5502 } 5503 if ((int)(STRLEN(p) + 3) < len) 5504 sprintf((char *)buf, "<%s>", p); 5505 else 5506 buf[0] = NUL; 5507 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 5508 vim_free(s); 5509 #endif 5510 } 5511 return buf[0] != NUL; 5512 } 5513 #endif 5514 5515 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) 5516 /* 5517 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window wp. 5518 */ 5519 static void 5520 win_redr_custom(wp, Ruler) 5521 win_T *wp; 5522 int Ruler; 5523 { 5524 int attr; 5525 int curattr; 5526 int row; 5527 int col = 0; 5528 int maxwidth; 5529 int width; 5530 int n; 5531 int len; 5532 int fillchar; 5533 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; 5534 char_u *p; 5535 struct stl_hlrec hl[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 5536 5537 /* setup environment for the task at hand */ 5538 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 5539 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 5540 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); 5541 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 5542 p = wp->w_p_stl; 5543 else 5544 p = p_stl; 5545 if (Ruler) 5546 { 5547 p = p_ruf; 5548 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */ 5549 if (*p == '%') 5550 { 5551 if (*++p == '-') 5552 p++; 5553 if (atoi((char *) p)) 5554 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) 5555 p++; 5556 if (*p++ != '(') 5557 p = p_ruf; 5558 } 5559 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 5560 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); 5561 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) 5562 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; 5563 #else 5564 col = ru_col; 5565 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2) 5566 col = (Columns + 1) / 2; 5567 #endif 5568 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 5569 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 5570 if (!wp->w_status_height) 5571 #endif 5572 { 5573 row = Rows - 1; 5574 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */ 5575 fillchar = ' '; 5576 attr = 0; 5577 } 5578 } 5579 if (maxwidth <= 0) 5580 return; 5581 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 5582 col += W_WINCOL(wp); 5583 #endif 5584 5585 width = build_stl_str_hl(wp, buf, sizeof(buf), p, fillchar, maxwidth, hl); 5586 len = STRLEN(buf); 5587 5588 while (width < maxwidth && len < sizeof(buf) - 1) 5589 { 5590 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5591 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len); 5592 #else 5593 buf[len++] = fillchar; 5594 #endif 5595 ++width; 5596 } 5597 buf[len] = NUL; 5598 5599 curattr = attr; 5600 p = buf; 5601 for (n = 0; hl[n].start != NULL; n++) 5602 { 5603 len = (int)(hl[n].start - p); 5604 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr); 5605 col += vim_strnsize(p, len); 5606 p = hl[n].start; 5607 5608 if (hl[n].userhl == 0) 5609 curattr = attr; 5610 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 5611 else if (wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) 5612 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hl[n].userhl - 1]; 5613 #endif 5614 else 5615 curattr = highlight_user[hl[n].userhl - 1]; 5616 } 5617 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr); 5618 } 5619 5620 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */ 5621 5622 /* 5623 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines. 5624 */ 5625 void 5626 screen_putchar(c, row, col, attr) 5627 int c; 5628 int row, col; 5629 int attr; 5630 { 5631 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5632 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 5633 5634 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 5635 #else 5636 char_u buf[2]; 5637 5638 buf[0] = c; 5639 buf[1] = NUL; 5640 #endif 5641 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr); 5642 } 5643 5644 /* 5645 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]". 5646 * Also return its attribute in *attrp; 5647 */ 5648 void 5649 screen_getbytes(row, col, bytes, attrp) 5650 int row, col; 5651 char_u *bytes; 5652 int *attrp; 5653 { 5654 unsigned off; 5655 5656 /* safety check */ 5657 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns) 5658 { 5659 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 5660 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off]; 5661 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 5662 bytes[1] = NUL; 5663 5664 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5665 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 5666 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL; 5667 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 5668 { 5669 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 5670 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; 5671 bytes[2] = NUL; 5672 } 5673 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1) 5674 { 5675 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1]; 5676 bytes[2] = NUL; 5677 } 5678 #endif 5679 } 5680 } 5681 5682 /* 5683 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with 5684 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[]. 5685 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary! 5686 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done. 5687 */ 5688 void 5689 screen_puts(text, row, col, attr) 5690 char_u *text; 5691 int row; 5692 int col; 5693 int attr; 5694 { 5695 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr); 5696 } 5697 5698 /* 5699 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to 5700 * a NUL. 5701 */ 5702 void 5703 screen_puts_len(text, len, row, col, attr) 5704 char_u *text; 5705 int len; 5706 int row; 5707 int col; 5708 int attr; 5709 { 5710 unsigned off; 5711 char_u *ptr = text; 5712 int c; 5713 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5714 int mbyte_blen = 1; 5715 int mbyte_cells = 1; 5716 int u8c = 0; 5717 int u8c_c1 = 0; 5718 int u8c_c2 = 0; 5719 int clear_next_cell = FALSE; 5720 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 5721 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 5722 int pc, nc, nc1, dummy; 5723 # endif 5724 #endif 5725 5726 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 5727 return; 5728 5729 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 5730 while (*ptr != NUL && col < screen_Columns 5731 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len)) 5732 { 5733 c = *ptr; 5734 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5735 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */ 5736 if (has_mbyte) 5737 { 5738 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0) 5739 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 5740 else 5741 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 5742 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 5743 mbyte_cells = 1; 5744 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 5745 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen; 5746 else /* enc_utf8 */ 5747 { 5748 if (len >= 0) 5749 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, &u8c_c1, &u8c_c2, 5750 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 5751 else 5752 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, &u8c_c1, &u8c_c2); 5753 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c); 5754 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 5755 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 5756 { 5757 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 5758 if (attr == 0) 5759 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 5760 } 5761 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 5762 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 5763 { 5764 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 5765 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) 5766 { 5767 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */ 5768 nc = NUL; 5769 nc1 = NUL; 5770 } 5771 else 5772 nc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mbyte_blen, &nc1, &dummy); 5773 pc = prev_c; 5774 prev_c = u8c; 5775 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8c_c1, nc, nc1, pc); 5776 } 5777 else 5778 prev_c = u8c; 5779 # endif 5780 } 5781 } 5782 #endif 5783 5784 if (ScreenLines[off] != c 5785 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5786 || (mbyte_cells == 2 5787 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0)) 5788 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 5789 && c == 0x8e 5790 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1]) 5791 || (enc_utf8 5792 && mbyte_blen > 1 5793 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != u8c 5794 || ScreenLinesC1[off] != u8c_c1 5795 || ScreenLinesC2[off] != u8c_c2)) 5796 #endif 5797 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 5798 || exmode_active 5799 ) 5800 { 5801 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 5802 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next 5803 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next 5804 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 5805 * and for some xterms. 5806 * Force the redraw by setting the attribute to a different value 5807 * than "attr", the contents of ScreenLines[] may be needed by 5808 * mb_off2cells() further on. 5809 * Don't do this for the last drawn character, because the next 5810 * character may not be redrawn. */ 5811 if ( 5812 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 5813 gui.in_use 5814 # endif 5815 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 5816 || 5817 # endif 5818 # ifdef UNIX 5819 term_is_xterm 5820 # endif 5821 ) 5822 { 5823 int n; 5824 5825 n = ScreenAttrs[off]; 5826 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5827 if (col + mbyte_cells < screen_Columns 5828 && (n > HL_ALL || (n & HL_BOLD)) 5829 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] != NUL 5830 : ptr + mbyte_blen < text + len)) 5831 ScreenAttrs[off + mbyte_cells] = attr + 1; 5832 # else 5833 if (col + 1 < screen_Columns 5834 && (n > HL_ALL || (n & HL_BOLD)) 5835 && (len < 0 ? ptr[1] != NUL : ptr + 1 < text + len)) 5836 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; 5837 # endif 5838 } 5839 #endif 5840 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5841 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell 5842 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next 5843 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char 5844 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once 5845 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */ 5846 if (clear_next_cell) 5847 clear_next_cell = FALSE; 5848 else if (has_mbyte 5849 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL 5850 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len) 5851 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off) > 1) 5852 || (mbyte_cells == 2 5853 && (*mb_off2cells)(off) == 1 5854 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1) > 1))) 5855 clear_next_cell = TRUE; 5856 5857 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind, 5858 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */ 5859 if (enc_dbcs 5860 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off) > 1) 5861 || (mbyte_cells == 2 5862 && (*mb_off2cells)(off) == 1 5863 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1) > 1))) 5864 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0; 5865 #endif 5866 ScreenLines[off] = c; 5867 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 5868 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5869 if (enc_utf8) 5870 { 5871 if (c < 0x80 && u8c_c1 == 0 && u8c_c2 == 0) 5872 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5873 else 5874 { 5875 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c; 5876 ScreenLinesC1[off] = u8c_c1; 5877 ScreenLinesC2[off] = u8c_c2; 5878 } 5879 if (mbyte_cells == 2) 5880 { 5881 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; 5882 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 5883 } 5884 screen_char(off, row, col); 5885 } 5886 else if (mbyte_cells == 2) 5887 { 5888 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1]; 5889 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 5890 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 5891 } 5892 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 5893 { 5894 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1]; 5895 screen_char(off, row, col); 5896 } 5897 else 5898 #endif 5899 screen_char(off, row, col); 5900 } 5901 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5902 if (has_mbyte) 5903 { 5904 off += mbyte_cells; 5905 col += mbyte_cells; 5906 ptr += mbyte_blen; 5907 if (clear_next_cell) 5908 ptr = (char_u *)" "; 5909 } 5910 else 5911 #endif 5912 { 5913 ++off; 5914 ++col; 5915 ++ptr; 5916 } 5917 } 5918 } 5919 5920 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5921 /* 5922 * Prepare for 'searchhl' highlighting. 5923 */ 5924 static void 5925 start_search_hl() 5926 { 5927 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) 5928 { 5929 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm); 5930 search_hl.attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); 5931 } 5932 } 5933 5934 /* 5935 * Clean up for 'searchhl' highlighting. 5936 */ 5937 static void 5938 end_search_hl() 5939 { 5940 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) 5941 { 5942 vim_free(search_hl.rm.regprog); 5943 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 5944 } 5945 } 5946 5947 /* 5948 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it. 5949 */ 5950 static void 5951 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum) 5952 win_T *wp; 5953 linenr_T lnum; 5954 { 5955 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or match_hl */ 5956 int n; 5957 5958 /* 5959 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top 5960 * of the window or just after a closed fold. 5961 * Do this both for search_hl and match_hl. 5962 */ 5963 shl = &search_hl; 5964 for (;;) 5965 { 5966 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 5967 && shl->lnum == 0 5968 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog)) 5969 { 5970 if (shl->first_lnum == 0) 5971 { 5972 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5973 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum; 5974 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum) 5975 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1, 5976 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL)) 5977 break; 5978 # else 5979 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline; 5980 # endif 5981 } 5982 n = 0; 5983 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && shl->rm.regprog != NULL) 5984 { 5985 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n); 5986 if (shl->lnum != 0) 5987 { 5988 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum 5989 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 5990 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 5991 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 5992 } 5993 else 5994 { 5995 ++shl->first_lnum; 5996 n = 0; 5997 } 5998 } 5999 } 6000 if (shl == &match_hl) 6001 break; 6002 shl = &match_hl; 6003 } 6004 } 6005 6006 /* 6007 * Search for a next 'searchl' or ":match" match. 6008 * Uses shl->buf. 6009 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents. 6010 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless 6011 * shl->lnum is zero. 6012 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid. 6013 */ 6014 static void 6015 next_search_hl(win, shl, lnum, mincol) 6016 win_T *win; 6017 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or match_hl */ 6018 linenr_T lnum; 6019 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */ 6020 { 6021 linenr_T l; 6022 colnr_T matchcol; 6023 long nmatched; 6024 6025 if (shl->lnum != 0) 6026 { 6027 /* Check for three situations: 6028 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search. 6029 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it. 6030 * 3. Continue after the previous match. 6031 */ 6032 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 6033 if (lnum > l) 6034 shl->lnum = 0; 6035 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 6036 return; 6037 } 6038 6039 /* 6040 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol" 6041 * or none is found in this line. 6042 */ 6043 called_emsg = FALSE; 6044 for (;;) 6045 { 6046 /* Three situations: 6047 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line. 6048 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character. 6049 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line. 6050 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match. 6051 */ 6052 if (shl->lnum == 0) 6053 matchcol = 0; 6054 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL 6055 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0 6056 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col == shl->rm.startpos[0].col)) 6057 { 6058 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col + 1; 6059 if (ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE)[matchcol - 1] == NUL) 6060 { 6061 shl->lnum = 0; 6062 break; 6063 } 6064 } 6065 else 6066 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 6067 6068 shl->lnum = lnum; 6069 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, matchcol); 6070 if (called_emsg) 6071 { 6072 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */ 6073 vim_free(shl->rm.regprog); 6074 shl->rm.regprog = NULL; 6075 no_hlsearch = TRUE; 6076 break; 6077 } 6078 if (nmatched == 0) 6079 { 6080 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */ 6081 break; 6082 } 6083 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0 6084 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol 6085 || nmatched > 1 6086 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 6087 { 6088 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 6089 break; /* useful match found */ 6090 } 6091 } 6092 } 6093 #endif 6094 6095 static void 6096 screen_start_highlight(attr) 6097 int attr; 6098 { 6099 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; 6100 6101 screen_attr = attr; 6102 if (full_screen 6103 #ifdef WIN3264 6104 && termcap_active 6105 #endif 6106 ) 6107 { 6108 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6109 if (gui.in_use) 6110 { 6111 char buf[20]; 6112 6113 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr); /* internal GUI code */ 6114 OUT_STR(buf); 6115 } 6116 else 6117 #endif 6118 { 6119 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 6120 { 6121 if (t_colors > 1) 6122 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); 6123 else 6124 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); 6125 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 6126 attr = 0; 6127 else 6128 attr = aep->ae_attr; 6129 } 6130 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */ 6131 out_str(T_MD); 6132 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */ 6133 out_str(T_SO); 6134 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL) 6135 /* underline or undercurl */ 6136 out_str(T_US); 6137 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */ 6138 out_str(T_CZH); 6139 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */ 6140 out_str(T_MR); 6141 6142 /* 6143 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the 6144 * bold etc. override the color setting. 6145 */ 6146 if (aep != NULL) 6147 { 6148 if (t_colors > 1) 6149 { 6150 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) 6151 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1); 6152 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) 6153 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1); 6154 } 6155 else 6156 { 6157 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) 6158 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start); 6159 } 6160 } 6161 } 6162 } 6163 } 6164 6165 void 6166 screen_stop_highlight() 6167 { 6168 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */ 6169 6170 if (screen_attr != 0 6171 #ifdef WIN3264 6172 && termcap_active 6173 #endif 6174 ) 6175 { 6176 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6177 if (gui.in_use) 6178 { 6179 char buf[20]; 6180 6181 /* use internal GUI code */ 6182 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr); 6183 OUT_STR(buf); 6184 } 6185 else 6186 #endif 6187 { 6188 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 6189 { 6190 attrentry_T *aep; 6191 6192 if (t_colors > 1) 6193 { 6194 /* 6195 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors! 6196 */ 6197 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr); 6198 if (aep != NULL && (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color 6199 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)) 6200 do_ME = TRUE; 6201 } 6202 else 6203 { 6204 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr); 6205 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL) 6206 { 6207 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0) 6208 do_ME = TRUE; 6209 else 6210 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop); 6211 } 6212 } 6213 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 6214 screen_attr = 0; 6215 else 6216 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr; 6217 } 6218 6219 /* 6220 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the 6221 * same sequence several times. 6222 */ 6223 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT) 6224 { 6225 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0) 6226 do_ME = TRUE; 6227 else 6228 out_str(T_SE); 6229 } 6230 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) 6231 { 6232 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0) 6233 do_ME = TRUE; 6234 else 6235 out_str(T_UE); 6236 } 6237 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC) 6238 { 6239 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0) 6240 do_ME = TRUE; 6241 else 6242 out_str(T_CZR); 6243 } 6244 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE))) 6245 out_str(T_ME); 6246 6247 if (t_colors > 1) 6248 { 6249 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 6250 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0) 6251 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1); 6252 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0) 6253 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1); 6254 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 6255 out_str(T_MD); 6256 } 6257 } 6258 } 6259 screen_attr = 0; 6260 } 6261 6262 /* 6263 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim. 6264 * The machine specific code may override this again. 6265 */ 6266 void 6267 reset_cterm_colors() 6268 { 6269 if (t_colors > 1) 6270 { 6271 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 6272 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) 6273 { 6274 out_str(T_OP); 6275 screen_attr = -1; 6276 } 6277 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 6278 { 6279 out_str(T_ME); 6280 screen_attr = -1; 6281 } 6282 } 6283 } 6284 6285 /* 6286 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col", 6287 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"]. 6288 */ 6289 static void 6290 screen_char(off, row, col) 6291 unsigned off; 6292 int row; 6293 int col; 6294 { 6295 int attr; 6296 6297 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after 6298 * resizing). */ 6299 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns) 6300 return; 6301 6302 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. 6303 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ 6304 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1 6305 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6306 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */ 6307 && !cmdmsg_rl 6308 #endif 6309 ) 6310 { 6311 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 6312 return; 6313 } 6314 6315 /* 6316 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor. 6317 */ 6318 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) 6319 if (screen_char_attr != 0) 6320 attr = screen_char_attr; 6321 else 6322 #endif 6323 attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; 6324 if (screen_attr != attr) 6325 screen_stop_highlight(); 6326 6327 windgoto(row, col); 6328 6329 if (screen_attr != attr) 6330 screen_start_highlight(attr); 6331 6332 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6333 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 6334 { 6335 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 6336 6337 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */ 6338 6339 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL; 6340 6341 out_str(buf); 6342 if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1) 6343 ++screen_cur_col; 6344 } 6345 else 6346 #endif 6347 { 6348 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6349 out_flush_check(); 6350 #endif 6351 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 6352 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6353 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */ 6354 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 6355 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 6356 #endif 6357 } 6358 6359 screen_cur_col++; 6360 } 6361 6362 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6363 6364 /* 6365 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"] 6366 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'. 6367 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to 6368 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between. 6369 */ 6370 static void 6371 screen_char_2(off, row, col) 6372 unsigned off; 6373 int row; 6374 int col; 6375 { 6376 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */ 6377 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns)) 6378 return; 6379 6380 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. 6381 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ 6382 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2) 6383 { 6384 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 6385 return; 6386 } 6387 6388 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the 6389 * second byte directly. */ 6390 screen_char(off, row, col); 6391 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]); 6392 ++screen_cur_col; 6393 } 6394 #endif 6395 6396 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) || defined(PROTO) 6397 /* 6398 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE. 6399 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it. 6400 */ 6401 void 6402 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, height, width, invert) 6403 int row; 6404 int col; 6405 int height; 6406 int width; 6407 int invert; 6408 { 6409 int r, c; 6410 int off; 6411 6412 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 6413 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 6414 return; 6415 6416 if (invert) 6417 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE; 6418 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r) 6419 { 6420 off = LineOffset[r]; 6421 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c) 6422 { 6423 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6424 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c) > 1) 6425 { 6426 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c); 6427 ++c; 6428 } 6429 else 6430 #endif 6431 { 6432 screen_char(off + c, r, c); 6433 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6434 if (utf_off2cells(off + c) > 1) 6435 ++c; 6436 #endif 6437 } 6438 } 6439 } 6440 screen_char_attr = 0; 6441 } 6442 #endif 6443 6444 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 6445 /* 6446 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window. 6447 */ 6448 static void 6449 redraw_block(row, end, wp) 6450 int row; 6451 int end; 6452 win_T *wp; 6453 { 6454 int col; 6455 int width; 6456 6457 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 6458 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1); 6459 # endif 6460 6461 if (wp == NULL) 6462 { 6463 col = 0; 6464 width = Columns; 6465 } 6466 else 6467 { 6468 col = wp->w_wincol; 6469 width = wp->w_width; 6470 } 6471 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE); 6472 } 6473 #endif 6474 6475 /* 6476 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col' 6477 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns. 6478 * Use attributes 'attr'. 6479 */ 6480 void 6481 screen_fill(start_row, end_row, start_col, end_col, c1, c2, attr) 6482 int start_row, end_row; 6483 int start_col, end_col; 6484 int c1, c2; 6485 int attr; 6486 { 6487 int row; 6488 int col; 6489 int off; 6490 int end_off; 6491 int did_delete; 6492 int c; 6493 int norm_term; 6494 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 6495 int force_next = FALSE; 6496 #endif 6497 6498 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 6499 end_row = screen_Rows; 6500 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */ 6501 end_col = screen_Columns; 6502 if (ScreenLines == NULL 6503 || start_row >= end_row 6504 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */ 6505 return; 6506 6507 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */ 6508 norm_term = ( 6509 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6510 !gui.in_use && 6511 #endif 6512 t_colors <= 1); 6513 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row) 6514 { 6515 /* 6516 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a 6517 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a 6518 * space. 6519 */ 6520 did_delete = FALSE; 6521 if (c2 == ' ' 6522 && end_col == Columns 6523 && can_clear(T_CE) 6524 && (attr == 0 6525 || (norm_term 6526 && attr <= HL_ALL 6527 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0)))) 6528 { 6529 /* 6530 * check if we really need to clear something 6531 */ 6532 col = start_col; 6533 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */ 6534 ++col; 6535 6536 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 6537 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col; 6538 6539 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */ 6540 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6541 if (enc_utf8) 6542 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 6543 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0) 6544 ++off; 6545 else 6546 #endif 6547 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 6548 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0) 6549 ++off; 6550 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */ 6551 { 6552 col = off - LineOffset[row]; 6553 screen_stop_highlight(); 6554 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */ 6555 out_str(T_CE); 6556 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 6557 col = end_col - col; 6558 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */ 6559 { 6560 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 6561 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6562 if (enc_utf8) 6563 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 6564 #endif 6565 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0; 6566 ++off; 6567 } 6568 } 6569 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */ 6570 } 6571 6572 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col; 6573 c = c1; 6574 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col) 6575 { 6576 if (ScreenLines[off] != c 6577 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6578 || (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 6579 #endif 6580 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 6581 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 6582 || force_next 6583 #endif 6584 ) 6585 { 6586 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 6587 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in 6588 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the 6589 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our 6590 * own GUI and for some xterms. */ 6591 if ( 6592 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 6593 gui.in_use 6594 # endif 6595 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 6596 || 6597 # endif 6598 # ifdef UNIX 6599 term_is_xterm 6600 # endif 6601 ) 6602 { 6603 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' ' 6604 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL 6605 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD)) 6606 force_next = TRUE; 6607 else 6608 force_next = FALSE; 6609 } 6610 #endif 6611 ScreenLines[off] = c; 6612 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6613 if (enc_utf8) 6614 { 6615 if (c >= 0x80) 6616 { 6617 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c; 6618 ScreenLinesC1[off] = 0; 6619 ScreenLinesC2[off] = 0; 6620 } 6621 else 6622 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 6623 } 6624 #endif 6625 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 6626 if (!did_delete || c != ' ') 6627 screen_char(off, row, col); 6628 } 6629 ++off; 6630 if (col == start_col) 6631 { 6632 if (did_delete) 6633 break; 6634 c = c2; 6635 } 6636 } 6637 if (end_col == Columns) 6638 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 6639 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */ 6640 { 6641 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 6642 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ') 6643 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */ 6644 } 6645 } 6646 } 6647 6648 /* 6649 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the 6650 * screen or the command line. 6651 */ 6652 void 6653 check_for_delay(check_msg_scroll) 6654 int check_msg_scroll; 6655 { 6656 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll)) 6657 && !did_wait_return 6658 && emsg_silent == 0) 6659 { 6660 out_flush(); 6661 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); 6662 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 6663 if (check_msg_scroll) 6664 msg_scroll = FALSE; 6665 } 6666 } 6667 6668 /* 6669 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed 6670 * If "clear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized. 6671 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to. 6672 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet. 6673 */ 6674 int 6675 screen_valid(clear) 6676 int clear; 6677 { 6678 screenalloc(clear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 6679 return (ScreenLines != NULL); 6680 } 6681 6682 /* 6683 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns. 6684 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items. 6685 * 6686 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating 6687 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing 6688 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items 6689 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the 6690 * final size of the shell is needed. 6691 */ 6692 void 6693 screenalloc(clear) 6694 int clear; 6695 { 6696 int new_row, old_row; 6697 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6698 int old_Rows; 6699 #endif 6700 win_T *wp; 6701 int outofmem = FALSE; 6702 int len; 6703 schar_T *new_ScreenLines; 6704 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6705 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; 6706 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC1 = NULL; 6707 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC2 = NULL; 6708 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; 6709 #endif 6710 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs; 6711 unsigned *new_LineOffset; 6712 char_u *new_LineWraps; 6713 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */ 6714 static int did_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */ 6715 6716 /* 6717 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and 6718 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full 6719 * screen stuff. 6720 */ 6721 if ((ScreenLines != NULL 6722 && Rows == screen_Rows 6723 && Columns == screen_Columns 6724 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6725 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL) 6726 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL) 6727 #endif 6728 ) 6729 || Rows == 0 6730 || Columns == 0 6731 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL)) 6732 return; 6733 6734 /* 6735 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which 6736 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just 6737 * return here. 6738 */ 6739 if (entered) 6740 return; 6741 entered = TRUE; 6742 6743 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */ 6744 6745 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */ 6746 6747 /* 6748 * We're changing the size of the screen. 6749 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs. 6750 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra 6751 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared). 6752 * - Free the old arrays. 6753 * 6754 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything! 6755 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the 6756 * size is wrong. 6757 */ 6758 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6759 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) 6760 win_free_lsize(wp); 6761 #else 6762 win_free_lsize(curwin); 6763 #endif 6764 6765 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 6766 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 6767 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6768 if (enc_utf8) 6769 { 6770 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 6771 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 6772 new_ScreenLinesC1 = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 6773 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 6774 new_ScreenLinesC2 = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 6775 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 6776 } 6777 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 6778 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 6779 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 6780 #endif 6781 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 6782 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); 6783 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)( 6784 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE); 6785 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE); 6786 6787 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6788 { 6789 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) 6790 { 6791 outofmem = TRUE; 6792 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6793 break; 6794 #endif 6795 } 6796 } 6797 6798 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL 6799 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6800 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL 6801 || new_ScreenLinesC1 == NULL || new_ScreenLinesC2 == NULL)) 6802 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL) 6803 #endif 6804 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL 6805 || new_LineOffset == NULL 6806 || new_LineWraps == NULL 6807 || outofmem) 6808 { 6809 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !did_outofmem_msg) 6810 { 6811 /* guess the size */ 6812 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns)); 6813 6814 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over 6815 * and over again. */ 6816 did_outofmem_msg = TRUE; 6817 } 6818 vim_free(new_ScreenLines); 6819 new_ScreenLines = NULL; 6820 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6821 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC); 6822 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; 6823 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC1); 6824 new_ScreenLinesC1 = NULL; 6825 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC2); 6826 new_ScreenLinesC2 = NULL; 6827 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2); 6828 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; 6829 #endif 6830 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs); 6831 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL; 6832 vim_free(new_LineOffset); 6833 new_LineOffset = NULL; 6834 vim_free(new_LineWraps); 6835 new_LineWraps = NULL; 6836 } 6837 else 6838 { 6839 did_outofmem_msg = FALSE; 6840 6841 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row) 6842 { 6843 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns; 6844 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE; 6845 6846 /* 6847 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as 6848 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest 6849 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when 6850 * executing an external command, for the GUI). 6851 */ 6852 if (!clear) 6853 { 6854 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns, 6855 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 6856 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6857 if (enc_utf8) 6858 { 6859 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns, 6860 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 6861 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC1 + new_row * Columns, 6862 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 6863 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC2 + new_row * Columns, 6864 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 6865 } 6866 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 6867 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns, 6868 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 6869 #endif 6870 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns, 6871 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); 6872 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows); 6873 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL) 6874 { 6875 if (screen_Columns < Columns) 6876 len = screen_Columns; 6877 else 6878 len = Columns; 6879 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6880 /* When switching to utf-8 dont copy characters, they 6881 * may be invalid now. */ 6882 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL)) 6883 #endif 6884 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row], 6885 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row], 6886 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 6887 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6888 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL) 6889 { 6890 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row], 6891 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row], 6892 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 6893 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC1 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 6894 ScreenLinesC1 + LineOffset[old_row], 6895 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 6896 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 6897 ScreenLinesC2 + LineOffset[old_row], 6898 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 6899 } 6900 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL) 6901 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 6902 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row], 6903 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 6904 #endif 6905 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row], 6906 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row], 6907 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T)); 6908 } 6909 } 6910 } 6911 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */ 6912 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns; 6913 } 6914 6915 free_screenlines(); 6916 6917 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines; 6918 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6919 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC; 6920 ScreenLinesC1 = new_ScreenLinesC1; 6921 ScreenLinesC2 = new_ScreenLinesC2; 6922 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2; 6923 #endif 6924 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs; 6925 LineOffset = new_LineOffset; 6926 LineWraps = new_LineWraps; 6927 6928 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual 6929 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */ 6930 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6931 old_Rows = screen_Rows; 6932 #endif 6933 screen_Rows = Rows; 6934 screen_Columns = Columns; 6935 6936 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */ 6937 if (clear) 6938 screenclear2(); 6939 6940 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6941 else if (gui.in_use 6942 && !gui.starting 6943 && ScreenLines != NULL 6944 && old_Rows != Rows) 6945 { 6946 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0); 6947 /* 6948 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external 6949 * command. 6950 */ 6951 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */ 6952 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */ 6953 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */ 6954 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */ 6955 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */ 6956 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */ 6957 } 6958 #endif 6959 6960 entered = FALSE; 6961 } 6962 6963 void 6964 free_screenlines() 6965 { 6966 vim_free(ScreenLines); 6967 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6968 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC); 6969 vim_free(ScreenLinesC1); 6970 vim_free(ScreenLinesC2); 6971 vim_free(ScreenLines2); 6972 #endif 6973 vim_free(ScreenAttrs); 6974 vim_free(LineOffset); 6975 vim_free(LineWraps); 6976 } 6977 6978 void 6979 screenclear() 6980 { 6981 check_for_delay(FALSE); 6982 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 6983 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */ 6984 } 6985 6986 static void 6987 screenclear2() 6988 { 6989 int i; 6990 6991 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL 6992 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6993 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting) 6994 #endif 6995 ) 6996 return; 6997 6998 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6999 if (!gui.in_use) 7000 #endif 7001 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */ 7002 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */ 7003 7004 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 7005 /* disable selection without redrawing it */ 7006 clip_scroll_selection(9999); 7007 #endif 7008 7009 /* blank out ScreenLines */ 7010 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 7011 { 7012 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); 7013 LineWraps[i] = FALSE; 7014 } 7015 7016 if (can_clear(T_CL)) 7017 { 7018 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */ 7019 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 7020 } 7021 else 7022 { 7023 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */ 7024 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 7025 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); 7026 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 7027 } 7028 7029 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */ 7030 7031 win_rest_invalid(firstwin); 7032 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 7033 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */ 7034 must_redraw = NOT_VALID; 7035 compute_cmdrow(); 7036 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */ 7037 msg_col = 0; 7038 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 7039 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */ 7040 msg_didany = FALSE; 7041 msg_didout = FALSE; 7042 } 7043 7044 /* 7045 * Clear one line in ScreenLines. 7046 */ 7047 static void 7048 lineclear(off, width) 7049 unsigned off; 7050 int width; 7051 { 7052 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T)); 7053 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7054 if (enc_utf8) 7055 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, 7056 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 7057 #endif 7058 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 7059 } 7060 7061 /* 7062 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an 7063 * invalid value. 7064 */ 7065 static void 7066 lineinvalid(off, width) 7067 unsigned off; 7068 int width; 7069 { 7070 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 7071 } 7072 7073 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7074 /* 7075 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp". 7076 */ 7077 static void 7078 linecopy(to, from, wp) 7079 int to; 7080 int from; 7081 win_T *wp; 7082 { 7083 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol; 7084 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol; 7085 7086 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from, 7087 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 7088 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7089 if (enc_utf8) 7090 { 7091 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from, 7092 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 7093 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC1 + off_to, ScreenLinesC1 + off_from, 7094 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 7095 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC2 + off_to, ScreenLinesC2 + off_from, 7096 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 7097 } 7098 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 7099 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from, 7100 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 7101 # endif 7102 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from, 7103 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 7104 } 7105 #endif 7106 7107 /* 7108 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work. 7109 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background. 7110 */ 7111 int 7112 can_clear(p) 7113 char_u *p; 7114 { 7115 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1 7116 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7117 || gui.in_use 7118 #endif 7119 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 || *T_UT != NUL)); 7120 } 7121 7122 /* 7123 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting 7124 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control 7125 * code. 7126 */ 7127 void 7128 screen_start() 7129 { 7130 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999; 7131 } 7132 7133 /* 7134 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen. 7135 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of 7136 * characters sent to the terminal. 7137 */ 7138 void 7139 windgoto(row, col) 7140 int row; 7141 int col; 7142 { 7143 sattr_T *p; 7144 int i; 7145 int plan; 7146 int cost; 7147 int wouldbe_col; 7148 int noinvcurs; 7149 char_u *bs; 7150 int goto_cost; 7151 int attr; 7152 7153 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* asssume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */ 7154 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */ 7155 7156 #define PLAN_LE 1 7157 #define PLAN_CR 2 7158 #define PLAN_NL 3 7159 #define PLAN_WRITE 4 7160 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 7161 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 7162 return; 7163 7164 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row) 7165 { 7166 /* Check for valid position. */ 7167 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */ 7168 row = 0; 7169 if (row >= screen_Rows) 7170 row = screen_Rows - 1; 7171 if (col >= screen_Columns) 7172 col = screen_Columns - 1; 7173 7174 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */ 7175 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL) 7176 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST; 7177 else 7178 noinvcurs = 0; 7179 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs; 7180 7181 /* 7182 * Plan how to do the positioning: 7183 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row. 7184 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left. 7185 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0. 7186 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars. 7187 * 7188 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor 7189 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't ) 7190 * 7191 * First check if the highlighting attibutes allow us to write 7192 * characters to move the cursor to the right. 7193 */ 7194 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns) 7195 { 7196 /* 7197 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR 7198 * or T_LE. 7199 */ 7200 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 7201 attr = screen_attr; 7202 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col) 7203 { 7204 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */ 7205 if (*T_LE) 7206 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */ 7207 else 7208 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */ 7209 if (*bs) 7210 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs); 7211 else 7212 cost = 999; 7213 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */ 7214 { 7215 plan = PLAN_CR; 7216 wouldbe_col = 0; 7217 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */ 7218 } 7219 else 7220 { 7221 plan = PLAN_LE; 7222 wouldbe_col = col; 7223 } 7224 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 7225 { 7226 cost += noinvcurs; 7227 attr = 0; 7228 } 7229 } 7230 7231 /* 7232 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF. 7233 */ 7234 else if (row > screen_cur_row) 7235 { 7236 plan = PLAN_NL; 7237 wouldbe_col = 0; 7238 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */ 7239 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 7240 { 7241 cost += noinvcurs; 7242 attr = 0; 7243 } 7244 } 7245 7246 /* 7247 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write. 7248 */ 7249 else 7250 { 7251 plan = PLAN_WRITE; 7252 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col; 7253 cost = 0; 7254 } 7255 7256 /* 7257 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the 7258 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters. 7259 */ 7260 i = col - wouldbe_col; 7261 if (i > 0) 7262 cost += i; 7263 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0) 7264 { 7265 /* 7266 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally 7267 * stopping highlighting. 7268 */ 7269 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col; 7270 while (i && *p++ == attr) 7271 --i; 7272 if (i != 0) 7273 { 7274 /* 7275 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here. 7276 */ 7277 if (*--p == 0) 7278 { 7279 cost += noinvcurs; 7280 while (i && *p++ == 0) 7281 --i; 7282 } 7283 if (i != 0) 7284 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */ 7285 } 7286 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7287 if (enc_utf8) 7288 { 7289 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */ 7290 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i) 7291 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0) 7292 { 7293 cost = 999; 7294 break; 7295 } 7296 } 7297 #endif 7298 } 7299 7300 /* 7301 * We can do it without term_windgoto()! 7302 */ 7303 if (cost < goto_cost) 7304 { 7305 if (plan == PLAN_LE) 7306 { 7307 if (noinvcurs) 7308 screen_stop_highlight(); 7309 while (screen_cur_col > col) 7310 { 7311 out_str(bs); 7312 --screen_cur_col; 7313 } 7314 } 7315 else if (plan == PLAN_CR) 7316 { 7317 if (noinvcurs) 7318 screen_stop_highlight(); 7319 out_char('\r'); 7320 screen_cur_col = 0; 7321 } 7322 else if (plan == PLAN_NL) 7323 { 7324 if (noinvcurs) 7325 screen_stop_highlight(); 7326 while (screen_cur_row < row) 7327 { 7328 out_char('\n'); 7329 ++screen_cur_row; 7330 } 7331 screen_cur_col = 0; 7332 } 7333 7334 i = col - screen_cur_col; 7335 if (i > 0) 7336 { 7337 /* 7338 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids 7339 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when 7340 * using the bold trick in the GUI. 7341 */ 7342 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL) 7343 { 7344 while (i-- > 0) 7345 out_char(*T_ND); 7346 } 7347 else 7348 { 7349 int off; 7350 7351 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col; 7352 while (i-- > 0) 7353 { 7354 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr) 7355 screen_stop_highlight(); 7356 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7357 out_flush_check(); 7358 #endif 7359 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 7360 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7361 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 7362 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 7363 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 7364 #endif 7365 ++off; 7366 } 7367 } 7368 } 7369 } 7370 } 7371 else 7372 cost = 999; 7373 7374 if (cost >= goto_cost) 7375 { 7376 if (noinvcurs) 7377 screen_stop_highlight(); 7378 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) && 7379 *T_CRI != NUL) 7380 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col); 7381 else 7382 term_windgoto(row, col); 7383 } 7384 screen_cur_row = row; 7385 screen_cur_col = col; 7386 } 7387 } 7388 7389 /* 7390 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. 7391 */ 7392 void 7393 setcursor() 7394 { 7395 if (redrawing()) 7396 { 7397 validate_cursor(); 7398 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow, 7399 W_WINCOL(curwin) + ( 7400 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 7401 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - ( 7402 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7403 has_mbyte ? (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) : 7404 # endif 7405 1)) : 7406 #endif 7407 curwin->w_wcol)); 7408 } 7409 } 7410 7411 7412 /* 7413 * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp' 7414 * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated. 7415 * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 7416 * scrolling. 7417 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success. 7418 */ 7419 int 7420 win_ins_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) 7421 win_T *wp; 7422 int row; 7423 int line_count; 7424 int invalid; 7425 int mayclear; 7426 { 7427 int did_delete; 7428 int nextrow; 7429 int lastrow; 7430 int retval; 7431 7432 if (invalid) 7433 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 7434 7435 if (wp->w_height < 5) 7436 return FAIL; 7437 7438 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 7439 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 7440 7441 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE); 7442 if (retval != MAYBE) 7443 return retval; 7444 7445 /* 7446 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the 7447 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window. 7448 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid 7449 * messing up those windows, better just redraw. 7450 */ 7451 did_delete = FALSE; 7452 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7453 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height) 7454 { 7455 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 7456 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK) 7457 did_delete = TRUE; 7458 else if (wp->w_next) 7459 return FAIL; 7460 } 7461 #endif 7462 /* 7463 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window 7464 */ 7465 if (!did_delete) 7466 { 7467 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7468 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 7469 #endif 7470 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 7471 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp); 7472 lastrow = nextrow + line_count; 7473 if (lastrow > Rows) 7474 lastrow = Rows; 7475 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count, 7476 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 7477 ' ', ' ', 0); 7478 } 7479 7480 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) 7481 == FAIL) 7482 { 7483 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */ 7484 if (did_delete) 7485 { 7486 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7487 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 7488 #endif 7489 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp)); 7490 } 7491 return FAIL; 7492 } 7493 7494 return OK; 7495 } 7496 7497 /* 7498 * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp" 7499 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated. 7500 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 7501 * scrolling 7502 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 7503 */ 7504 int 7505 win_del_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) 7506 win_T *wp; 7507 int row; 7508 int line_count; 7509 int invalid; 7510 int mayclear; 7511 { 7512 int retval; 7513 7514 if (invalid) 7515 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 7516 7517 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 7518 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 7519 7520 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE); 7521 if (retval != MAYBE) 7522 return retval; 7523 7524 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, 7525 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL) 7526 return FAIL; 7527 7528 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7529 /* 7530 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the 7531 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn. 7532 */ 7533 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 7534 { 7535 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 7536 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) 7537 { 7538 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 7539 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next); 7540 } 7541 } 7542 /* 7543 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the 7544 * command line later. 7545 */ 7546 else 7547 #endif 7548 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 7549 return OK; 7550 } 7551 7552 /* 7553 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines(). 7554 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done. 7555 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet. 7556 */ 7557 static int 7558 win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, del) 7559 win_T *wp; 7560 int row; 7561 int line_count; 7562 int mayclear; 7563 int del; 7564 { 7565 int retval; 7566 7567 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0) 7568 return FAIL; 7569 7570 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */ 7571 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5 7572 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7573 && wp->w_width == Columns 7574 #endif 7575 ) 7576 { 7577 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */ 7578 return FAIL; 7579 } 7580 7581 /* 7582 * Delete all remaining lines 7583 */ 7584 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height) 7585 { 7586 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 7587 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 7588 ' ', ' ', 0); 7589 return OK; 7590 } 7591 7592 /* 7593 * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared, 7594 * otherwise it will stay there forever. 7595 */ 7596 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 7597 7598 /* 7599 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that. 7600 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from 7601 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using 7602 * win_line(). 7603 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing 7604 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region causes a 7605 * scroll-up in the DJGPP version. 7606 */ 7607 if (scroll_region 7608 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7609 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns 7610 #endif 7611 ) 7612 { 7613 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7614 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 7615 #endif 7616 scroll_region_set(wp, row); 7617 if (del) 7618 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 7619 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp); 7620 else 7621 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 7622 wp->w_height - row, wp); 7623 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7624 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 7625 #endif 7626 scroll_region_reset(); 7627 return retval; 7628 } 7629 7630 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7631 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */ 7632 return FAIL; 7633 #endif 7634 7635 return MAYBE; 7636 } 7637 7638 /* 7639 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw 7640 */ 7641 static void 7642 win_rest_invalid(wp) 7643 win_T *wp; 7644 { 7645 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7646 while (wp != NULL) 7647 #else 7648 if (wp != NULL) 7649 #endif 7650 { 7651 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); 7652 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7653 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 7654 wp = wp->w_next; 7655 #endif 7656 } 7657 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 7658 } 7659 7660 /* 7661 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The 7662 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding 7663 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor 7664 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen. 7665 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually 7666 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate 7667 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works. 7668 */ 7669 7670 /* 7671 * types for inserting or deleting lines 7672 */ 7673 #define USE_T_CAL 1 7674 #define USE_T_CDL 2 7675 #define USE_T_AL 3 7676 #define USE_T_CE 4 7677 #define USE_T_DL 5 7678 #define USE_T_SR 6 7679 #define USE_NL 7 7680 #define USE_T_CD 8 7681 #define USE_REDRAW 9 7682 7683 /* 7684 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] 7685 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 7686 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. 7687 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. 7688 * 7689 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success. 7690 */ 7691 int 7692 screen_ins_lines(off, row, line_count, end, wp) 7693 int off; 7694 int row; 7695 int line_count; 7696 int end; 7697 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */ 7698 { 7699 int i; 7700 int j; 7701 unsigned temp; 7702 int cursor_row; 7703 int type; 7704 int result_empty; 7705 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE); 7706 7707 /* 7708 * FAIL if 7709 * - there is no valid screen 7710 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 7711 * - the line count is less than one 7712 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 7713 */ 7714 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll) 7715 return FAIL; 7716 7717 /* 7718 * There are seven ways to insert lines: 7719 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 7720 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 7721 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of 7722 * the insert is just empty lines 7723 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not 7724 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts 7725 * at once. 7726 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the 7727 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count > 7728 * 1. 7729 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists. 7730 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 7731 * just empty lines. 7732 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 7733 * just empty lines. 7734 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and 7735 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability. 7736 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 7737 * 7738 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves 7739 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it 7740 * exists. 7741 */ 7742 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end); 7743 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7744 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 7745 type = USE_REDRAW; 7746 else 7747 #endif 7748 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 7749 type = USE_T_CD; 7750 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL)) 7751 type = USE_T_CAL; 7752 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce)) 7753 type = USE_T_CDL; 7754 else if (*T_AL != NUL) 7755 type = USE_T_AL; 7756 else if (can_ce && result_empty) 7757 type = USE_T_CE; 7758 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty) 7759 type = USE_T_DL; 7760 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce)) 7761 type = USE_T_SR; 7762 else 7763 return FAIL; 7764 7765 /* 7766 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take 7767 * care of t_db if necessary. 7768 */ 7769 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL || 7770 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL) 7771 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); 7772 7773 /* 7774 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many 7775 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that 7776 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines. 7777 */ 7778 if (*T_DB) 7779 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); 7780 7781 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 7782 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen 7783 * or not the full width of the screen. */ 7784 if (off + row > 0 7785 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7786 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 7787 # endif 7788 ) 7789 clip_clear_selection(); 7790 else 7791 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count); 7792 #endif 7793 7794 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7795 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 7796 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 7797 gui_dont_update_cursor(); 7798 #endif 7799 7800 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 7801 cursor_row = row; 7802 else 7803 cursor_row = row + off; 7804 7805 /* 7806 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines. 7807 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 7808 */ 7809 row += off; 7810 end += off; 7811 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 7812 { 7813 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7814 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 7815 { 7816 /* need to copy part of a line */ 7817 j = end - 1 - i; 7818 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 7819 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp); 7820 j += line_count; 7821 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 7822 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 7823 else 7824 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 7825 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 7826 } 7827 else 7828 #endif 7829 { 7830 j = end - 1 - i; 7831 temp = LineOffset[j]; 7832 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 7833 { 7834 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 7835 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 7836 } 7837 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp; 7838 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE; 7839 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 7840 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); 7841 else 7842 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 7843 } 7844 } 7845 7846 screen_stop_highlight(); 7847 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 7848 7849 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7850 /* redraw the characters */ 7851 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 7852 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 7853 else 7854 #endif 7855 if (type == USE_T_CAL) 7856 { 7857 term_append_lines(line_count); 7858 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 7859 } 7860 else 7861 { 7862 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) 7863 { 7864 if (type == USE_T_AL) 7865 { 7866 if (i && cursor_row != 0) 7867 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 7868 out_str(T_AL); 7869 } 7870 else /* type == USE_T_SR */ 7871 out_str(T_SR); 7872 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 7873 } 7874 } 7875 7876 /* 7877 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that 7878 * have been scrolled down into the region. 7879 */ 7880 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA) 7881 { 7882 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 7883 { 7884 windgoto(off + i, 0); 7885 out_str(T_CE); 7886 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 7887 } 7888 } 7889 7890 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7891 gui_can_update_cursor(); 7892 if (gui.in_use) 7893 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 7894 #endif 7895 return OK; 7896 } 7897 7898 /* 7899 * delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] 7900 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 7901 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. 7902 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. 7903 * 7904 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 7905 */ 7906 /*ARGSUSED*/ 7907 int 7908 screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, force, wp) 7909 int off; 7910 int row; 7911 int line_count; 7912 int end; 7913 int force; /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */ 7914 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */ 7915 { 7916 int j; 7917 int i; 7918 unsigned temp; 7919 int cursor_row; 7920 int cursor_end; 7921 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */ 7922 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */ 7923 int type; 7924 7925 /* 7926 * FAIL if 7927 * - there is no valid screen 7928 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 7929 * - the line count is less than one 7930 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 7931 */ 7932 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || 7933 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll)) 7934 return FAIL; 7935 7936 /* 7937 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty. 7938 */ 7939 result_empty = row + line_count >= end; 7940 7941 /* 7942 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option 7943 * available. 7944 */ 7945 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE)); 7946 7947 /* 7948 * There are six ways to delete lines: 7949 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 7950 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 7951 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty. 7952 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist. 7953 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or 7954 * none of the other ways work. 7955 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty. 7956 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists. 7957 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 7958 */ 7959 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7960 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 7961 type = USE_REDRAW; 7962 else 7963 #endif 7964 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 7965 type = USE_T_CD; 7966 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8) 7967 /* 7968 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in 7969 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB != 7970 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_* 7971 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do 7972 * the trick... 7973 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release. 7974 * (Olaf Seibert) 7975 */ 7976 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option 7977 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL)) 7978 #else 7979 else if (row == 0 && ( 7980 #ifndef AMIGA 7981 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll 7982 * up, so use delete-line command */ 7983 line_count == 1 || 7984 #endif 7985 *T_CDL == NUL)) 7986 #endif 7987 type = USE_NL; 7988 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete) 7989 type = USE_T_CDL; 7990 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty 7991 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7992 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns) 7993 #endif 7994 ) 7995 type = USE_T_CE; 7996 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete) 7997 type = USE_T_DL; 7998 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete) 7999 type = USE_T_CDL; 8000 else 8001 return FAIL; 8002 8003 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 8004 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or 8005 * not the full width of the screen. */ 8006 if (off + row > 0 8007 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8008 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 8009 # endif 8010 ) 8011 clip_clear_selection(); 8012 else 8013 clip_scroll_selection(line_count); 8014 #endif 8015 8016 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8017 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 8018 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 8019 gui_dont_update_cursor(); 8020 #endif 8021 8022 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 8023 { 8024 cursor_row = row; 8025 cursor_end = end; 8026 } 8027 else 8028 { 8029 cursor_row = row + off; 8030 cursor_end = end + off; 8031 } 8032 8033 /* 8034 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines. 8035 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 8036 */ 8037 row += off; 8038 end += off; 8039 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 8040 { 8041 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8042 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 8043 { 8044 /* need to copy part of a line */ 8045 j = row + i; 8046 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 8047 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp); 8048 j -= line_count; 8049 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 8050 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 8051 else 8052 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 8053 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 8054 } 8055 else 8056 #endif 8057 { 8058 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */ 8059 j = row + i; 8060 temp = LineOffset[j]; 8061 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 8062 { 8063 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 8064 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 8065 } 8066 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp; 8067 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE; 8068 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 8069 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); 8070 else 8071 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 8072 } 8073 } 8074 8075 screen_stop_highlight(); 8076 8077 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8078 /* redraw the characters */ 8079 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 8080 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 8081 else 8082 #endif 8083 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */ 8084 { 8085 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 8086 out_str(T_CD); 8087 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8088 } 8089 else if (type == USE_T_CDL) 8090 { 8091 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 8092 term_delete_lines(line_count); 8093 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8094 } 8095 /* 8096 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll 8097 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the 8098 * last line. 8099 */ 8100 else if (type == USE_NL) 8101 { 8102 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0); 8103 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 8104 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */ 8105 } 8106 else 8107 { 8108 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 8109 { 8110 if (type == USE_T_DL) 8111 { 8112 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 8113 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */ 8114 } 8115 else /* type == USE_T_CE */ 8116 { 8117 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0); 8118 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 8119 } 8120 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8121 } 8122 } 8123 8124 /* 8125 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been 8126 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region. 8127 */ 8128 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL)) 8129 { 8130 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i) 8131 { 8132 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0); 8133 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 8134 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8135 } 8136 } 8137 8138 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8139 gui_can_update_cursor(); 8140 if (gui.in_use) 8141 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 8142 #endif 8143 8144 return OK; 8145 } 8146 8147 /* 8148 * show the current mode and ruler 8149 * 8150 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline. 8151 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be 8152 * cleared only if a mode is shown. 8153 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message). 8154 */ 8155 int 8156 showmode() 8157 { 8158 int need_clear; 8159 int length = 0; 8160 int do_mode; 8161 int attr; 8162 int nwr_save; 8163 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8164 int sub_attr; 8165 #endif 8166 8167 do_mode = (p_smd && ((State & INSERT) || restart_edit 8168 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 8169 || VIsual_active 8170 #endif 8171 )); 8172 if (do_mode || Recording) 8173 { 8174 /* 8175 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 8176 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because 8177 * it takes a bit of time. 8178 */ 8179 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0) 8180 { 8181 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */ 8182 return 0; 8183 } 8184 8185 nwr_save = need_wait_return; 8186 8187 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */ 8188 check_for_delay(FALSE); 8189 8190 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */ 8191 need_clear = clear_cmdline; 8192 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 8193 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 8194 8195 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */ 8196 msg_pos_mode(); 8197 cursor_off(); 8198 attr = hl_attr(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */ 8199 if (do_mode) 8200 { 8201 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr); 8202 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) 8203 if (xic != NULL && im_get_status() && !p_imdisable 8204 && curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM) 8205 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */ 8206 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr); 8207 # else 8208 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr); 8209 # endif 8210 #endif 8211 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI) 8212 if (gui.in_use) 8213 { 8214 if (hangul_input_state_get()) 8215 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); /* HANGUL */ 8216 } 8217 #endif 8218 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8219 if (edit_submode != NULL) /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */ 8220 { 8221 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow 8222 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */ 8223 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3; 8224 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 8225 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra); 8226 if (length > 0) 8227 { 8228 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 8229 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre); 8230 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) 8231 { 8232 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 8233 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr); 8234 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr); 8235 } 8236 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 8237 { 8238 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */ 8239 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT) 8240 sub_attr = hl_attr(edit_submode_highl); 8241 else 8242 sub_attr = attr; 8243 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr); 8244 } 8245 } 8246 length = 0; 8247 } 8248 else 8249 #endif 8250 { 8251 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8252 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 8253 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr); 8254 else 8255 #endif 8256 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8257 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr); 8258 else if (State & INSERT) 8259 { 8260 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8261 if (p_ri) 8262 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr); 8263 #endif 8264 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr); 8265 } 8266 else if (restart_edit == 'I') 8267 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr); 8268 else if (restart_edit == 'R') 8269 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr); 8270 else if (restart_edit == 'V') 8271 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr); 8272 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8273 if (p_hkmap) 8274 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr); 8275 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 8276 if (p_fkmap) 8277 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr); 8278 # endif 8279 #endif 8280 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 8281 if (State & LANGMAP) 8282 { 8283 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 8284 if (curwin->w_p_arab) 8285 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr); 8286 else 8287 # endif 8288 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (lang)"), attr); 8289 } 8290 #endif 8291 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) 8292 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr); 8293 8294 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 8295 if (VIsual_active) 8296 { 8297 char *p; 8298 8299 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation 8300 * problems. */ 8301 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0) 8302 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2 8303 + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) 8304 { 8305 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break; 8306 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break; 8307 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break; 8308 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break; 8309 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break; 8310 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break; 8311 } 8312 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr); 8313 } 8314 #endif 8315 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr); 8316 } 8317 need_clear = TRUE; 8318 } 8319 if (Recording 8320 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8321 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */ 8322 #endif 8323 ) 8324 { 8325 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr); 8326 need_clear = TRUE; 8327 } 8328 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline) 8329 msg_clr_eos(); 8330 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */ 8331 length = msg_col; 8332 msg_col = 0; 8333 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */ 8334 } 8335 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) 8336 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */ 8337 msg_clr_cmdline(); 8338 8339 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 8340 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 8341 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */ 8342 if (VIsual_active) 8343 clear_showcmd(); 8344 # endif 8345 8346 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode 8347 * message and must be redrawn */ 8348 if (redrawing() 8349 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8350 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0 8351 # endif 8352 ) 8353 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE); 8354 #endif 8355 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; 8356 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 8357 8358 return length; 8359 } 8360 8361 /* 8362 * Position for a mode message. 8363 */ 8364 static void 8365 msg_pos_mode() 8366 { 8367 msg_col = 0; 8368 msg_row = Rows - 1; 8369 } 8370 8371 /* 8372 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end 8373 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!). 8374 */ 8375 void 8376 unshowmode(force) 8377 int force; 8378 { 8379 /* 8380 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or insided a mapping. 8381 */ 8382 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) 8383 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */ 8384 else 8385 { 8386 msg_pos_mode(); 8387 if (Recording) 8388 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), hl_attr(HLF_CM)); 8389 msg_clr_eos(); 8390 } 8391 } 8392 8393 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 8394 /* 8395 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr". 8396 */ 8397 static int 8398 fillchar_status(attr, is_curwin) 8399 int *attr; 8400 int is_curwin; 8401 { 8402 int fill; 8403 if (is_curwin) 8404 { 8405 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_S); 8406 fill = fill_stl; 8407 } 8408 else 8409 { 8410 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_SNC); 8411 fill = fill_stlnc; 8412 } 8413 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current 8414 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the 8415 * current window */ 8416 if (*attr != 0 && ((hl_attr(HLF_S) != hl_attr(HLF_SNC) 8417 || !is_curwin || firstwin == lastwin) 8418 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc))) 8419 return fill; 8420 if (is_curwin) 8421 return '^'; 8422 return '='; 8423 } 8424 #endif 8425 8426 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8427 /* 8428 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows. 8429 * Get its attributes in "*attr". 8430 */ 8431 static int 8432 fillchar_vsep(attr) 8433 int *attr; 8434 { 8435 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_C); 8436 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ') 8437 return '|'; 8438 else 8439 return fill_vert; 8440 } 8441 #endif 8442 8443 /* 8444 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done. 8445 */ 8446 int 8447 redrawing() 8448 { 8449 return (!RedrawingDisabled 8450 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw)); 8451 } 8452 8453 /* 8454 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done. 8455 */ 8456 int 8457 messaging() 8458 { 8459 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)); 8460 } 8461 8462 /* 8463 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places 8464 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed. 8465 */ 8466 void 8467 showruler(always) 8468 int always; 8469 { 8470 if (!always && !redrawing()) 8471 return; 8472 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 8473 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) 8474 win_redr_custom(curwin, FALSE); 8475 else 8476 #endif 8477 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 8478 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always); 8479 #endif 8480 8481 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE 8482 if (need_maketitle 8483 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 8484 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON)) 8485 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE)) 8486 # endif 8487 ) 8488 maketitle(); 8489 #endif 8490 } 8491 8492 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 8493 static void 8494 win_redr_ruler(wp, always) 8495 win_T *wp; 8496 int always; 8497 { 8498 char_u buffer[70]; 8499 int row; 8500 int fillchar; 8501 int attr; 8502 int empty_line = FALSE; 8503 colnr_T virtcol; 8504 int i; 8505 int o; 8506 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8507 int this_ru_col; 8508 int off = 0; 8509 int width = Columns; 8510 # define WITH_OFF(x) x 8511 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x 8512 #else 8513 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0 8514 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns 8515 # define this_ru_col ru_col 8516 #endif 8517 8518 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */ 8519 if (!p_ru) 8520 return; 8521 8522 /* 8523 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called 8524 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected. 8525 */ 8526 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 8527 return; 8528 8529 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8530 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite 8531 * the (long) mode message. */ 8532 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8533 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 8534 # endif 8535 if (edit_submode != NULL) 8536 return; 8537 #endif 8538 8539 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 8540 if (*p_ruf) 8541 { 8542 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE); 8543 return; 8544 } 8545 #endif 8546 8547 /* 8548 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1"). 8549 */ 8550 if (!(State & INSERT) 8551 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) 8552 empty_line = TRUE; 8553 8554 /* 8555 * Only draw the ruler when something changed. 8556 */ 8557 validate_virtcol_win(wp); 8558 if ( redraw_cmdline 8559 || always 8560 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum 8561 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col 8562 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol 8563 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8564 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd 8565 #endif 8566 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline 8567 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count 8568 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 8569 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill 8570 #endif 8571 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) 8572 { 8573 cursor_off(); 8574 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8575 if (wp->w_status_height) 8576 { 8577 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 8578 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 8579 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8580 off = W_WINCOL(wp); 8581 width = W_WIDTH(wp); 8582 # endif 8583 } 8584 else 8585 #endif 8586 { 8587 row = Rows - 1; 8588 fillchar = ' '; 8589 attr = 0; 8590 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8591 width = Columns; 8592 off = 0; 8593 #endif 8594 } 8595 8596 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */ 8597 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 8598 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL) 8599 { 8600 wp->w_p_list = FALSE; 8601 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL); 8602 wp->w_p_list = TRUE; 8603 } 8604 8605 /* 8606 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer. 8607 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here. 8608 */ 8609 sprintf((char *)buffer, "%ld,", 8610 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) 8611 ? 0L 8612 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum)); 8613 col_print(buffer + STRLEN(buffer), 8614 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1, 8615 (int)virtcol + 1); 8616 8617 /* 8618 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it. 8619 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the 8620 * screen up on some terminals). 8621 */ 8622 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer); 8623 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1); 8624 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1); 8625 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8626 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */ 8627 #endif 8628 ++o; 8629 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8630 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width); 8631 if (this_ru_col < 0) 8632 this_ru_col = 0; 8633 #endif 8634 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other 8635 * half for the filename. */ 8636 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2) 8637 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2; 8638 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) 8639 { 8640 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) 8641 { 8642 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8643 if (has_mbyte) 8644 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i); 8645 else 8646 #endif 8647 buffer[i++] = fillchar; 8648 ++o; 8649 } 8650 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i); 8651 } 8652 /* Truncate at window boundary. */ 8653 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8654 if (has_mbyte) 8655 { 8656 o = 0; 8657 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i)) 8658 { 8659 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i); 8660 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width)) 8661 { 8662 buffer[i] = NUL; 8663 break; 8664 } 8665 } 8666 } 8667 else 8668 #endif 8669 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width)) 8670 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL; 8671 8672 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr); 8673 i = redraw_cmdline; 8674 screen_fill(row, row + 1, 8675 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer), 8676 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)), 8677 fillchar, fillchar, attr); 8678 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */ 8679 redraw_cmdline = i; 8680 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor; 8681 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 8682 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line; 8683 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline; 8684 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 8685 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 8686 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 8687 #endif 8688 } 8689 } 8690 #endif 8691 8692 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) 8693 /* 8694 * Return the width of the 'number' column. 8695 * Zero when 'number' isn't set. 8696 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count. 8697 */ 8698 int 8699 number_width(wp) 8700 win_T *wp; 8701 { 8702 int n; 8703 linenr_T lnum; 8704 8705 if (!wp->w_p_nu) 8706 return 0; 8707 8708 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 8709 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count) 8710 return wp->w_nrwidth_width; 8711 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum; 8712 8713 n = 0; 8714 do 8715 { 8716 lnum /= 10; 8717 ++n; 8718 } while (lnum > 0); 8719 8720 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */ 8721 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) 8722 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1; 8723 8724 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n; 8725 return n; 8726 } 8727 #endif 8728